#
# EDIT THIS FILE WITH CAUTION (invoke-ntp.conf.texi)
#
-# It has been AutoGen-ed June 23, 2020 at 02:20:31 AM by AutoGen 5.18.5
+# It has been AutoGen-ed March 18, 2023 at 11:21:25 AM by AutoGen 5.18.16
# From the definitions ntp.conf.def
# and the template file agtexi-file.tpl
@end ignore
The
@code{average}
subcommand specifies the minimum average packet
-spacing, while the
+spacing in log2 seconds, defaulting to 3 (8s), while the
@code{minimum}
-subcommand specifies the minimum packet spacing.
+subcommand specifies the minimum packet spacing
+in seconds, defaulting to 2.
Packets that violate these minima are discarded
and a kiss-o'-death packet returned if enabled.
-The default
-minimum average and minimum are 5 and 2, respectively.
The
@code{monitor}
-subcommand specifies the probability of discard
-for packets that overflow the rate-control window.
+subcommand indirectly specifies the probability of
+replacing the oldest entry from the monitor (MRU)
+list of recent requests used to enforce rate controls,
+when that list is at its maximum size. The probability
+of replacing the oldest entry is the age of that entry
+in seconds divided by the
+@code{monitor}
+value, default 3000. For example, if the oldest entry
+in the MRU list represents a request 300 seconds ago,
+by default the probability of replacing it with an
+entry representing the client request being processed
+now is 10%. Conversely, if the oldest entry is more
+than 3000 seconds old, the probability is 100%.
@item @code{restrict} @code{address} @code{[@code{mask} @kbd{mask}]} @code{[@code{ippeerlimit} @kbd{int}]} @code{[@kbd{flag} @kbd{...}]}
The
@kbd{address}
one telephone number used to dial the telephone JJY service.
The Hayes command ATDT is normally prepended to the number.
The number can contain other modem control codes as well.
-@item @code{pollskewlist} @code{[@kbd{poll} @kbd{value} | @kbd{value}]} @kbd{...} @code{[@code{default} @kbd{value} | @kbd{value}]}
+@item @code{pollskewlist} @code{[@kbd{poll} @kbd{early} @kbd{late}]} @kbd{...} @code{[@code{default} @kbd{early} @kbd{late}]}
Enable skewing of our poll requests to our servers.
@kbd{poll}
is a number between 3 and 17 inclusive, identifying a specific poll interval.
131,072 seconds, or about a day and a half.
The next two numbers must be between 0 and one-half of the poll interval,
inclusive.
-The first number specifies how early the poll may start,
+Ar early
+specifies how early the poll may start,
while
-the second number specifies how late the poll may be delayed.
+Ar late
+specifies how late the poll may be delayed.
With no arguments, internally specified default values are chosen.
@item @code{reset} @code{[@code{allpeers}]} @code{[@code{auth}]} @code{[@code{ctl}]} @code{[@code{io}]} @code{[@code{mem}]} @code{[@code{sys}]} @code{[@code{timer}]}
Reset one or more groups of counters maintained by
#
# EDIT THIS FILE WITH CAUTION (invoke-ntp.keys.texi)
#
-# It has been AutoGen-ed June 23, 2020 at 02:20:33 AM by AutoGen 5.18.5
+# It has been AutoGen-ed March 18, 2023 at 11:21:27 AM by AutoGen 5.18.16
# From the definitions ntp.keys.def
# and the template file agtexi-file.tpl
@end ignore
#
# EDIT THIS FILE WITH CAUTION (invoke-ntpd.texi)
#
-# It has been AutoGen-ed June 23, 2020 at 02:20:35 AM by AutoGen 5.18.5
+# It has been AutoGen-ed March 18, 2023 at 11:21:29 AM by AutoGen 5.18.16
# From the definitions ntpd-opts.def
# and the template file agtexi-cmd.tpl
@end ignore
The following option preset mechanisms are supported:
- examining environment variables named NTPD_*
-Please send bug reports to: <http://bugs.ntp.org, bugs@@ntp.org>
+Please send bug reports to: <https://bugs.ntp.org, bugs@@ntp.org>
@end example
@exampleindent 4
Print the program version to standard out, optionally with licensing
information, then exit 0. The optional argument specifies how much licensing
-detail to provide. The default is to print just the version. The licensing infomation may be selected with an option argument.
+detail to provide. The default is to print just the version. The licensing information may be selected with an option argument.
Only the first letter of the argument is examined:
@table @samp
.ds B-Font B
.ds I-Font I
.ds R-Font R
-.TH ntp.conf 5man "23 Jun 2020" "4.2.8p15" "File Formats"
+.TH ntp.conf 5man "18 Mar 2023" "4.2.8p15" "File Formats"
.\"
.\" EDIT THIS FILE WITH CAUTION (in-mem file)
.\"
-.\" It has been AutoGen-ed June 23, 2020 at 02:20:36 AM by AutoGen 5.18.5
+.\" It has been AutoGen-ed March 18, 2023 at 11:21:31 AM by AutoGen 5.18.16
.\" From the definitions ntp.conf.def
.\" and the template file agman-cmd.tpl
.SH NAME
The
\f\*[B-Font]average\f[]
subcommand specifies the minimum average packet
-spacing, while the
+spacing in log2 seconds, defaulting to 3 (8s), while the
\f\*[B-Font]minimum\f[]
-subcommand specifies the minimum packet spacing.
+subcommand specifies the minimum packet spacing
+in seconds, defaulting to 2.
Packets that violate these minima are discarded
and a kiss-o'-death packet returned if enabled.
-The default
-minimum average and minimum are 5 and 2, respectively.
The
\f\*[B-Font]monitor\f[]
-subcommand specifies the probability of discard
-for packets that overflow the rate-control window.
+subcommand indirectly specifies the probability of
+replacing the oldest entry from the monitor (MRU)
+list of recent requests used to enforce rate controls,
+when that list is at its maximum size. The probability
+of replacing the oldest entry is the age of that entry
+in seconds divided by the
+\f\*[B-Font]monitor\f[]
+value, default 3000. For example, if the oldest entry
+in the MRU list represents a request 300 seconds ago,
+by default the probability of replacing it with an
+entry representing the client request being processed
+now is 10%. Conversely, if the oldest entry is more
+than 3000 seconds old, the probability is 100%.
.TP 7
.NOP \f\*[B-Font]restrict\f[] \f\*[B-Font]address\f[] [\f\*[B-Font]mask\f[] \f\*[I-Font]mask\f[]] [\f\*[B-Font]ippeerlimit\f[] \f\*[I-Font]int\f[]] [\f\*[I-Font]flag\f[] \f\*[I-Font]...\f[]]
The
The Hayes command ATDT is normally prepended to the number.
The number can contain other modem control codes as well.
.TP 7
-.NOP \f\*[B-Font]pollskewlist\f[] [\f\*[I-Font]poll\f[] \f\*[I-Font]value\f[] | \f\*[I-Font]value\f[]] \f\*[I-Font]...\f[] [\f\*[B-Font]default\f[] \f\*[I-Font]value\f[] | \f\*[I-Font]value\f[]]
+.NOP \f\*[B-Font]pollskewlist\f[] [\f\*[I-Font]poll\f[] \f\*[I-Font]early\f[] \f\*[I-Font]late\f[]] \f\*[I-Font]...\f[] [\f\*[B-Font]default\f[] \f\*[I-Font]early\f[] \f\*[I-Font]late\f[]]
Enable skewing of our poll requests to our servers.
\f\*[I-Font]poll\f[]
is a number between 3 and 17 inclusive, identifying a specific poll interval.
131,072 seconds, or about a day and a half.
The next two numbers must be between 0 and one-half of the poll interval,
inclusive.
-The first number specifies how early the poll may start,
+Ar early
+specifies how early the poll may start,
while
-the second number specifies how late the poll may be delayed.
+Ar late
+specifies how late the poll may be delayed.
With no arguments, internally specified default values are chosen.
.TP 7
.NOP \f\*[B-Font]reset\f[] [\f\*[B-Font]allpeers\f[]] [\f\*[B-Font]auth\f[]] [\f\*[B-Font]ctl\f[]] [\f\*[B-Font]io\f[]] [\f\*[B-Font]mem\f[]] [\f\*[B-Font]sys\f[]] [\f\*[B-Font]timer\f[]]
.SH "AUTHORS"
The University of Delaware and Network Time Foundation
.SH "COPYRIGHT"
-Copyright (C) 1992-2020 The University of Delaware and Network Time Foundation all rights reserved.
+Copyright (C) 1992-2023 The University of Delaware and Network Time Foundation all rights reserved.
This program is released under the terms of the NTP license, <http://ntp.org/license>.
.SH BUGS
The syntax checking is not picky; some combinations of
.sp \n(Ppu
.ne 2
-Please send bug reports to: http://bugs.ntp.org, bugs@ntp.org
+Please send bug reports to: https://bugs.ntp.org, bugs@ntp.org
.SH NOTES
This document was derived from FreeBSD.
.sp \n(Ppu
-.Dd June 23 2020
+.Dd March 18 2023
.Dt NTP_CONF 5mdoc File Formats
.Os
.\" EDIT THIS FILE WITH CAUTION (ntp.mdoc)
.\"
-.\" It has been AutoGen-ed June 23, 2020 at 02:20:27 AM by AutoGen 5.18.5
+.\" It has been AutoGen-ed March 18, 2023 at 11:21:20 AM by AutoGen 5.18.16
.\" From the definitions ntp.conf.def
.\" and the template file agmdoc-cmd.tpl
.Sh NAME
The
.Cm average
subcommand specifies the minimum average packet
-spacing, while the
+spacing in log2 seconds, defaulting to 3 (8s), while the
.Cm minimum
-subcommand specifies the minimum packet spacing.
+subcommand specifies the minimum packet spacing
+in seconds, defaulting to 2.
Packets that violate these minima are discarded
and a kiss\-o'\-death packet returned if enabled.
-The default
-minimum average and minimum are 5 and 2, respectively.
The
.Ic monitor
-subcommand specifies the probability of discard
-for packets that overflow the rate\-control window.
+subcommand indirectly specifies the probability of
+replacing the oldest entry from the monitor (MRU)
+list of recent requests used to enforce rate controls,
+when that list is at its maximum size. The probability
+of replacing the oldest entry is the age of that entry
+in seconds divided by the
+.Ic monitor
+value, default 3000. For example, if the oldest entry
+in the MRU list represents a request 300 seconds ago,
+by default the probability of replacing it with an
+entry representing the client request being processed
+now is 10%. Conversely, if the oldest entry is more
+than 3000 seconds old, the probability is 100%.
.It Xo Ic restrict address
.Op Cm mask Ar mask
.Op Cm ippeerlimit Ar int
.It Xo Cm pollskewlist
.Oo
.Ar poll
-.Ar value | value
+.Ar early late
.Oc
.Ar ...
.Oo
.Cm default
-.Ar value | value
+.Ar early late
.Oc
.Xc
Enable skewing of our poll requests to our servers.
131,072 seconds, or about a day and a half.
The next two numbers must be between 0 and one\-half of the poll interval,
inclusive.
-The first number specifies how early the poll may start,
+Ar early
+specifies how early the poll may start,
while
-the second number specifies how late the poll may be delayed.
+Ar late
+specifies how late the poll may be delayed.
With no arguments, internally specified default values are chosen.
.It Xo Ic reset
.Oo
.Sh "AUTHORS"
The University of Delaware and Network Time Foundation
.Sh "COPYRIGHT"
-Copyright (C) 1992\-2020 The University of Delaware and Network Time Foundation all rights reserved.
+Copyright (C) 1992\-2023 The University of Delaware and Network Time Foundation all rights reserved.
This program is released under the terms of the NTP license, <http://ntp.org/license>.
.Sh BUGS
The syntax checking is not picky; some combinations of
These should be obtained via secure directory
services when they become universally available.
.Pp
-Please send bug reports to: http://bugs.ntp.org, bugs@ntp.org
+Please send bug reports to: https://bugs.ntp.org, bugs@ntp.org
.Sh NOTES
This document was derived from FreeBSD.
.Pp
The
<code>average</code>
subcommand specifies the minimum average packet
-spacing, while the
+spacing in log2 seconds, defaulting to 3 (8s), while the
<code>minimum</code>
-subcommand specifies the minimum packet spacing.
+subcommand specifies the minimum packet spacing
+in seconds, defaulting to 2.
Packets that violate these minima are discarded
and a kiss-o’-death packet returned if enabled.
-The default
-minimum average and minimum are 5 and 2, respectively.
The
<code>monitor</code>
-subcommand specifies the probability of discard
-for packets that overflow the rate-control window.
+subcommand indirectly specifies the probability of
+replacing the oldest entry from the monitor (MRU)
+list of recent requests used to enforce rate controls,
+when that list is at its maximum size. The probability
+of replacing the oldest entry is the age of that entry
+in seconds divided by the
+<code>monitor</code>
+value, default 3000. For example, if the oldest entry
+in the MRU list represents a request 300 seconds ago,
+by default the probability of replacing it with an
+entry representing the client request being processed
+now is 10%. Conversely, if the oldest entry is more
+than 3000 seconds old, the probability is 100%.
</p></dd>
<dt><code>restrict</code> <code>address</code> <code>[<code>mask</code> <kbd>mask</kbd>]</code> <code>[<code>ippeerlimit</code> <kbd>int</kbd>]</code> <code>[<kbd>flag</kbd> <kbd>...</kbd>]</code></dt>
<dd><p>The
The Hayes command ATDT is normally prepended to the number.
The number can contain other modem control codes as well.
</p></dd>
-<dt><code>pollskewlist</code> <code>[<kbd>poll</kbd> <kbd>value</kbd> | <kbd>value</kbd>]</code> <kbd>...</kbd> <code>[<code>default</code> <kbd>value</kbd> | <kbd>value</kbd>]</code></dt>
+<dt><code>pollskewlist</code> <code>[<kbd>poll</kbd> <kbd>early</kbd> <kbd>late</kbd>]</code> <kbd>...</kbd> <code>[<code>default</code> <kbd>early</kbd> <kbd>late</kbd>]</code></dt>
<dd><p>Enable skewing of our poll requests to our servers.
<kbd>poll</kbd>
is a number between 3 and 17 inclusive, identifying a specific poll interval.
131,072 seconds, or about a day and a half.
The next two numbers must be between 0 and one-half of the poll interval,
inclusive.
-The first number specifies how early the poll may start,
+Ar early
+specifies how early the poll may start,
while
-the second number specifies how late the poll may be delayed.
+Ar late
+specifies how late the poll may be delayed.
With no arguments, internally specified default values are chosen.
</p></dd>
<dt><code>reset</code> <code>[<code>allpeers</code>]</code> <code>[<code>auth</code>]</code> <code>[<code>ctl</code>]</code> <code>[<code>io</code>]</code> <code>[<code>mem</code>]</code> <code>[<code>sys</code>]</code> <code>[<code>timer</code>]</code></dt>
.ds B-Font B
.ds I-Font I
.ds R-Font R
-.TH ntp.conf 5 "23 Jun 2020" "4.2.8p15" "File Formats"
+.TH ntp.conf 5 "18 Mar 2023" "4.2.8p15" "File Formats"
.\"
.\" EDIT THIS FILE WITH CAUTION (in-mem file)
.\"
-.\" It has been AutoGen-ed June 23, 2020 at 02:20:36 AM by AutoGen 5.18.5
+.\" It has been AutoGen-ed March 18, 2023 at 11:21:31 AM by AutoGen 5.18.16
.\" From the definitions ntp.conf.def
.\" and the template file agman-cmd.tpl
.SH NAME
The
\f\*[B-Font]average\f[]
subcommand specifies the minimum average packet
-spacing, while the
+spacing in log2 seconds, defaulting to 3 (8s), while the
\f\*[B-Font]minimum\f[]
-subcommand specifies the minimum packet spacing.
+subcommand specifies the minimum packet spacing
+in seconds, defaulting to 2.
Packets that violate these minima are discarded
and a kiss-o'-death packet returned if enabled.
-The default
-minimum average and minimum are 5 and 2, respectively.
The
\f\*[B-Font]monitor\f[]
-subcommand specifies the probability of discard
-for packets that overflow the rate-control window.
+subcommand indirectly specifies the probability of
+replacing the oldest entry from the monitor (MRU)
+list of recent requests used to enforce rate controls,
+when that list is at its maximum size. The probability
+of replacing the oldest entry is the age of that entry
+in seconds divided by the
+\f\*[B-Font]monitor\f[]
+value, default 3000. For example, if the oldest entry
+in the MRU list represents a request 300 seconds ago,
+by default the probability of replacing it with an
+entry representing the client request being processed
+now is 10%. Conversely, if the oldest entry is more
+than 3000 seconds old, the probability is 100%.
.TP 7
.NOP \f\*[B-Font]restrict\f[] \f\*[B-Font]address\f[] [\f\*[B-Font]mask\f[] \f\*[I-Font]mask\f[]] [\f\*[B-Font]ippeerlimit\f[] \f\*[I-Font]int\f[]] [\f\*[I-Font]flag\f[] \f\*[I-Font]...\f[]]
The
The Hayes command ATDT is normally prepended to the number.
The number can contain other modem control codes as well.
.TP 7
-.NOP \f\*[B-Font]pollskewlist\f[] [\f\*[I-Font]poll\f[] \f\*[I-Font]value\f[] | \f\*[I-Font]value\f[]] \f\*[I-Font]...\f[] [\f\*[B-Font]default\f[] \f\*[I-Font]value\f[] | \f\*[I-Font]value\f[]]
+.NOP \f\*[B-Font]pollskewlist\f[] [\f\*[I-Font]poll\f[] \f\*[I-Font]early\f[] \f\*[I-Font]late\f[]] \f\*[I-Font]...\f[] [\f\*[B-Font]default\f[] \f\*[I-Font]early\f[] \f\*[I-Font]late\f[]]
Enable skewing of our poll requests to our servers.
\f\*[I-Font]poll\f[]
is a number between 3 and 17 inclusive, identifying a specific poll interval.
131,072 seconds, or about a day and a half.
The next two numbers must be between 0 and one-half of the poll interval,
inclusive.
-The first number specifies how early the poll may start,
+Ar early
+specifies how early the poll may start,
while
-the second number specifies how late the poll may be delayed.
+Ar late
+specifies how late the poll may be delayed.
With no arguments, internally specified default values are chosen.
.TP 7
.NOP \f\*[B-Font]reset\f[] [\f\*[B-Font]allpeers\f[]] [\f\*[B-Font]auth\f[]] [\f\*[B-Font]ctl\f[]] [\f\*[B-Font]io\f[]] [\f\*[B-Font]mem\f[]] [\f\*[B-Font]sys\f[]] [\f\*[B-Font]timer\f[]]
.SH "AUTHORS"
The University of Delaware and Network Time Foundation
.SH "COPYRIGHT"
-Copyright (C) 1992-2020 The University of Delaware and Network Time Foundation all rights reserved.
+Copyright (C) 1992-2023 The University of Delaware and Network Time Foundation all rights reserved.
This program is released under the terms of the NTP license, <http://ntp.org/license>.
.SH BUGS
The syntax checking is not picky; some combinations of
.sp \n(Ppu
.ne 2
-Please send bug reports to: http://bugs.ntp.org, bugs@ntp.org
+Please send bug reports to: https://bugs.ntp.org, bugs@ntp.org
.SH NOTES
This document was derived from FreeBSD.
.sp \n(Ppu
-.Dd June 23 2020
+.Dd March 18 2023
.Dt NTP_CONF 5 File Formats
.Os
.\" EDIT THIS FILE WITH CAUTION (ntp.mdoc)
.\"
-.\" It has been AutoGen-ed June 23, 2020 at 02:20:27 AM by AutoGen 5.18.5
+.\" It has been AutoGen-ed March 18, 2023 at 11:21:20 AM by AutoGen 5.18.16
.\" From the definitions ntp.conf.def
.\" and the template file agmdoc-cmd.tpl
.Sh NAME
The
.Cm average
subcommand specifies the minimum average packet
-spacing, while the
+spacing in log2 seconds, defaulting to 3 (8s), while the
.Cm minimum
-subcommand specifies the minimum packet spacing.
+subcommand specifies the minimum packet spacing
+in seconds, defaulting to 2.
Packets that violate these minima are discarded
and a kiss\-o'\-death packet returned if enabled.
-The default
-minimum average and minimum are 5 and 2, respectively.
The
.Ic monitor
-subcommand specifies the probability of discard
-for packets that overflow the rate\-control window.
+subcommand indirectly specifies the probability of
+replacing the oldest entry from the monitor (MRU)
+list of recent requests used to enforce rate controls,
+when that list is at its maximum size. The probability
+of replacing the oldest entry is the age of that entry
+in seconds divided by the
+.Ic monitor
+value, default 3000. For example, if the oldest entry
+in the MRU list represents a request 300 seconds ago,
+by default the probability of replacing it with an
+entry representing the client request being processed
+now is 10%. Conversely, if the oldest entry is more
+than 3000 seconds old, the probability is 100%.
.It Xo Ic restrict address
.Op Cm mask Ar mask
.Op Cm ippeerlimit Ar int
.It Xo Cm pollskewlist
.Oo
.Ar poll
-.Ar value | value
+.Ar early late
.Oc
.Ar ...
.Oo
.Cm default
-.Ar value | value
+.Ar early late
.Oc
.Xc
Enable skewing of our poll requests to our servers.
131,072 seconds, or about a day and a half.
The next two numbers must be between 0 and one\-half of the poll interval,
inclusive.
-The first number specifies how early the poll may start,
+Ar early
+specifies how early the poll may start,
while
-the second number specifies how late the poll may be delayed.
+Ar late
+specifies how late the poll may be delayed.
With no arguments, internally specified default values are chosen.
.It Xo Ic reset
.Oo
.Sh "AUTHORS"
The University of Delaware and Network Time Foundation
.Sh "COPYRIGHT"
-Copyright (C) 1992\-2020 The University of Delaware and Network Time Foundation all rights reserved.
+Copyright (C) 1992\-2023 The University of Delaware and Network Time Foundation all rights reserved.
This program is released under the terms of the NTP license, <http://ntp.org/license>.
.Sh BUGS
The syntax checking is not picky; some combinations of
These should be obtained via secure directory
services when they become universally available.
.Pp
-Please send bug reports to: http://bugs.ntp.org, bugs@ntp.org
+Please send bug reports to: https://bugs.ntp.org, bugs@ntp.org
.Sh NOTES
This document was derived from FreeBSD.
.Pp
-.TH ntp.keys 5man "23 Jun 2020" "4.2.8p15" "File Formats"
+.TH ntp.keys 5man "18 Mar 2023" "4.2.8p15" "File Formats"
.\"
.\" EDIT THIS FILE WITH CAUTION (ntp.man)
.\"
-.\" It has been AutoGen-ed June 23, 2020 at 02:20:38 AM by AutoGen 5.18.5
+.\" It has been AutoGen-ed March 18, 2023 at 11:21:33 AM by AutoGen 5.18.16
.\" From the definitions ntp.keys.def
.\" and the template file agman-file.tpl
.Sh NAME
.SH "AUTHORS"
The University of Delaware and Network Time Foundation
.SH "COPYRIGHT"
-Copyright (C) 1992-2020 The University of Delaware and Network Time Foundation all rights reserved.
+Copyright (C) 1992-2023 The University of Delaware and Network Time Foundation all rights reserved.
This program is released under the terms of the NTP license, <http://ntp.org/license>.
.SH "BUGS"
-Please send bug reports to: http://bugs.ntp.org, bugs@ntp.org
+Please send bug reports to: https://bugs.ntp.org, bugs@ntp.org
.SH NOTES
This document was derived from FreeBSD.
.sp \n(Ppu
-.Dd June 23 2020
+.Dd March 18 2023
.Dt NTP_KEYS 5mdoc File Formats
.Os FreeBSD 11.2-RELEASE_SI
.\" EDIT THIS FILE WITH CAUTION (ntp.mdoc)
.\"
-.\" It has been AutoGen-ed June 23, 2020 at 02:20:28 AM by AutoGen 5.18.5
+.\" It has been AutoGen-ed March 18, 2023 at 11:21:22 AM by AutoGen 5.18.16
.\" From the definitions ntp.keys.def
.\" and the template file agmdoc-file.tpl
.Sh NAME
.Sh "AUTHORS"
The University of Delaware and Network Time Foundation
.Sh "COPYRIGHT"
-Copyright (C) 1992\-2020 The University of Delaware and Network Time Foundation all rights reserved.
+Copyright (C) 1992\-2023 The University of Delaware and Network Time Foundation all rights reserved.
This program is released under the terms of the NTP license, <http://ntp.org/license>.
.Sh "BUGS"
-Please send bug reports to: http://bugs.ntp.org, bugs@ntp.org
+Please send bug reports to: https://bugs.ntp.org, bugs@ntp.org
.Sh NOTES
This document was derived from FreeBSD.
.Pp
-.TH ntp.keys 5 "23 Jun 2020" "4.2.8p15" "File Formats"
+.TH ntp.keys 5 "18 Mar 2023" "4.2.8p15" "File Formats"
.\"
.\" EDIT THIS FILE WITH CAUTION (ntp.man)
.\"
-.\" It has been AutoGen-ed June 23, 2020 at 02:20:38 AM by AutoGen 5.18.5
+.\" It has been AutoGen-ed March 18, 2023 at 11:21:33 AM by AutoGen 5.18.16
.\" From the definitions ntp.keys.def
.\" and the template file agman-file.tpl
.Sh NAME
.SH "AUTHORS"
The University of Delaware and Network Time Foundation
.SH "COPYRIGHT"
-Copyright (C) 1992-2020 The University of Delaware and Network Time Foundation all rights reserved.
+Copyright (C) 1992-2023 The University of Delaware and Network Time Foundation all rights reserved.
This program is released under the terms of the NTP license, <http://ntp.org/license>.
.SH "BUGS"
-Please send bug reports to: http://bugs.ntp.org, bugs@ntp.org
+Please send bug reports to: https://bugs.ntp.org, bugs@ntp.org
.SH NOTES
This document was derived from FreeBSD.
.sp \n(Ppu
-.Dd June 23 2020
+.Dd March 18 2023
.Dt NTP_KEYS 5 File Formats
.Os FreeBSD 11.2-RELEASE_SI
.\" EDIT THIS FILE WITH CAUTION (ntp.mdoc)
.\"
-.\" It has been AutoGen-ed June 23, 2020 at 02:20:28 AM by AutoGen 5.18.5
+.\" It has been AutoGen-ed March 18, 2023 at 11:21:22 AM by AutoGen 5.18.16
.\" From the definitions ntp.keys.def
.\" and the template file agmdoc-file.tpl
.Sh NAME
.Sh "AUTHORS"
The University of Delaware and Network Time Foundation
.Sh "COPYRIGHT"
-Copyright (C) 1992\-2020 The University of Delaware and Network Time Foundation all rights reserved.
+Copyright (C) 1992\-2023 The University of Delaware and Network Time Foundation all rights reserved.
This program is released under the terms of the NTP license, <http://ntp.org/license>.
.Sh "BUGS"
-Please send bug reports to: http://bugs.ntp.org, bugs@ntp.org
+Please send bug reports to: https://bugs.ntp.org, bugs@ntp.org
.Sh NOTES
This document was derived from FreeBSD.
.Pp
/*
* EDIT THIS FILE WITH CAUTION (ntpd-opts.c)
*
- * It has been AutoGen-ed March 5, 2023 at 02:05:11 AM by AutoGen 5.18.16
+ * It has been AutoGen-ed March 18, 2023 at 11:21:10 AM by AutoGen 5.18.16
* From the definitions ntpd-opts.def
* and the template file options
*
/**
* static const strings for ntpd options
*/
-static char const ntpd_opt_strs[3132] =
+static char const ntpd_opt_strs[3133] =
/* 0 */ "ntpd 4.2.8p15\n"
"Copyright (C) 1992-2023 The University of Delaware and Network Time Foundation, all rights reserved.\n"
"This is free software. It is licensed for use, modification and\n"
/* 2950 */ "ntpd - NTP daemon program - Ver. 4.2.8p15\n"
"Usage: %s [ -<flag> [<val>] | --<name>[{=| }<val>] ]... \\\n"
"\t\t[ <server1> ... <serverN> ]\n\0"
-/* 3082 */ "http://bugs.ntp.org, bugs@ntp.org\0"
-/* 3116 */ "\n\0"
-/* 3118 */ "ntpd 4.2.8p15";
+/* 3082 */ "https://bugs.ntp.org, bugs@ntp.org\0"
+/* 3117 */ "\n\0"
+/* 3119 */ "ntpd 4.2.8p15";
/**
* ipv4 option description with
/** The ntpd program bug email address. */
#define zBugsAddr (ntpd_opt_strs+3082)
/** Clarification/explanation of what ntpd does. */
-#define zExplain (ntpd_opt_strs+3116)
+#define zExplain (ntpd_opt_strs+3117)
/** Extra detail explaining what ntpd does. */
#define zDetail (NULL)
/** The full version string for ntpd. */
-#define zFullVersion (ntpd_opt_strs+3118)
+#define zFullVersion (ntpd_opt_strs+3119)
/* extracted from optcode.tlib near line 342 */
#if defined(ENABLE_NLS)
/*
* EDIT THIS FILE WITH CAUTION (ntpd-opts.h)
*
- * It has been AutoGen-ed March 5, 2023 at 02:05:10 AM by AutoGen 5.18.16
+ * It has been AutoGen-ed March 18, 2023 at 11:21:09 AM by AutoGen 5.18.16
* From the definitions ntpd-opts.def
* and the template file options
*
.ds B-Font B
.ds I-Font I
.ds R-Font R
-.TH ntpd 1ntpdman "23 Jun 2020" "4.2.8p15" "User Commands"
+.TH ntpd 1ntpdman "18 Mar 2023" "4.2.8p15" "User Commands"
.\"
.\" EDIT THIS FILE WITH CAUTION (in-mem file)
.\"
-.\" It has been AutoGen-ed June 23, 2020 at 02:20:39 AM by AutoGen 5.18.5
+.\" It has been AutoGen-ed March 18, 2023 at 11:21:34 AM by AutoGen 5.18.16
.\" From the definitions ntpd-opts.def
.\" and the template file agman-cmd.tpl
.SH NAME
.SH "AUTHORS"
The University of Delaware and Network Time Foundation
.SH "COPYRIGHT"
-Copyright (C) 1992-2020 The University of Delaware and Network Time Foundation all rights reserved.
+Copyright (C) 1992-2023 The University of Delaware and Network Time Foundation all rights reserved.
This program is released under the terms of the NTP license, <http://ntp.org/license>.
.SH BUGS
The
.sp \n(Ppu
.ne 2
-Please send bug reports to: http://bugs.ntp.org, bugs@ntp.org
+Please send bug reports to: https://bugs.ntp.org, bugs@ntp.org
.SH NOTES
Portions of this document came from FreeBSD.
.sp \n(Ppu
-.Dd June 23 2020
+.Dd March 18 2023
.Dt NTPD 1ntpdmdoc User Commands
.Os
.\" EDIT THIS FILE WITH CAUTION (ntpd-opts.mdoc)
.\"
-.\" It has been AutoGen-ed June 23, 2020 at 02:20:30 AM by AutoGen 5.18.5
+.\" It has been AutoGen-ed March 18, 2023 at 11:21:23 AM by AutoGen 5.18.16
.\" From the definitions ntpd-opts.def
.\" and the template file agmdoc-cmd.tpl
.Sh NAME
.Sh "AUTHORS"
The University of Delaware and Network Time Foundation
.Sh "COPYRIGHT"
-Copyright (C) 1992\-2020 The University of Delaware and Network Time Foundation all rights reserved.
+Copyright (C) 1992\-2023 The University of Delaware and Network Time Foundation all rights reserved.
This program is released under the terms of the NTP license, <http://ntp.org/license>.
.Sh BUGS
The
a busy primary server, rather than a high stratum workstation in
mind.
.Pp
-Please send bug reports to: http://bugs.ntp.org, bugs@ntp.org
+Please send bug reports to: https://bugs.ntp.org, bugs@ntp.org
.Sh NOTES
Portions of this document came from FreeBSD.
.Pp
The following option preset mechanisms are supported:
- examining environment variables named NTPD_*
-Please send bug reports to: <http://bugs.ntp.org, bugs@ntp.org>
+Please send bug reports to: <https://bugs.ntp.org, bugs@ntp.org>
</pre></div>
<hr>
<p>Print the program version to standard out, optionally with licensing
information, then exit 0. The optional argument specifies how much licensing
-detail to provide. The default is to print just the version. The licensing infomation may be selected with an option argument.
+detail to provide. The default is to print just the version. The licensing information may be selected with an option argument.
Only the first letter of the argument is examined:
</p>
<dl compact="compact">
.ds B-Font B
.ds I-Font I
.ds R-Font R
-.TH ntpd @NTPD_MS@ "23 Jun 2020" "4.2.8p15" "User Commands"
+.TH ntpd @NTPD_MS@ "18 Mar 2023" "4.2.8p15" "User Commands"
.\"
.\" EDIT THIS FILE WITH CAUTION (in-mem file)
.\"
-.\" It has been AutoGen-ed June 23, 2020 at 02:20:39 AM by AutoGen 5.18.5
+.\" It has been AutoGen-ed March 18, 2023 at 11:21:34 AM by AutoGen 5.18.16
.\" From the definitions ntpd-opts.def
.\" and the template file agman-cmd.tpl
.SH NAME
.SH "AUTHORS"
The University of Delaware and Network Time Foundation
.SH "COPYRIGHT"
-Copyright (C) 1992-2020 The University of Delaware and Network Time Foundation all rights reserved.
+Copyright (C) 1992-2023 The University of Delaware and Network Time Foundation all rights reserved.
This program is released under the terms of the NTP license, <http://ntp.org/license>.
.SH BUGS
The
.sp \n(Ppu
.ne 2
-Please send bug reports to: http://bugs.ntp.org, bugs@ntp.org
+Please send bug reports to: https://bugs.ntp.org, bugs@ntp.org
.SH NOTES
Portions of this document came from FreeBSD.
.sp \n(Ppu
-.Dd June 23 2020
+.Dd March 18 2023
.Dt NTPD @NTPD_MS@ User Commands
.Os
.\" EDIT THIS FILE WITH CAUTION (ntpd-opts.mdoc)
.\"
-.\" It has been AutoGen-ed June 23, 2020 at 02:20:30 AM by AutoGen 5.18.5
+.\" It has been AutoGen-ed March 18, 2023 at 11:21:23 AM by AutoGen 5.18.16
.\" From the definitions ntpd-opts.def
.\" and the template file agmdoc-cmd.tpl
.Sh NAME
.Sh "AUTHORS"
The University of Delaware and Network Time Foundation
.Sh "COPYRIGHT"
-Copyright (C) 1992\-2020 The University of Delaware and Network Time Foundation all rights reserved.
+Copyright (C) 1992\-2023 The University of Delaware and Network Time Foundation all rights reserved.
This program is released under the terms of the NTP license, <http://ntp.org/license>.
.Sh BUGS
The
a busy primary server, rather than a high stratum workstation in
mind.
.Pp
-Please send bug reports to: http://bugs.ntp.org, bugs@ntp.org
+Please send bug reports to: https://bugs.ntp.org, bugs@ntp.org
.Sh NOTES
Portions of this document came from FreeBSD.
.Pp
#
# EDIT THIS FILE WITH CAUTION (invoke-ntpdc.texi)
#
-# It has been AutoGen-ed June 27, 2022 at 12:01:01 AM by AutoGen 5.18.5
+# It has been AutoGen-ed March 18, 2023 at 11:21:41 AM by AutoGen 5.18.16
# From the definitions ntpdc-opts.def
# and the template file agtexi-cmd.tpl
@end ignore
- reading file ./.ntprc
- examining environment variables named NTPDC_*
-Please send bug reports to: <http://bugs.ntp.org, bugs@@ntp.org>
+Please send bug reports to: <https://bugs.ntp.org, bugs@@ntp.org>
@end example
@exampleindent 4
Print the program version to standard out, optionally with licensing
information, then exit 0. The optional argument specifies how much licensing
-detail to provide. The default is to print just the version. The licensing infomation may be selected with an option argument.
+detail to provide. The default is to print just the version. The licensing information may be selected with an option argument.
Only the first letter of the argument is examined:
@table @samp
/*
* EDIT THIS FILE WITH CAUTION (ntpdc-opts.c)
*
- * It has been AutoGen-ed March 5, 2023 at 02:05:13 AM by AutoGen 5.18.16
+ * It has been AutoGen-ed March 18, 2023 at 11:21:36 AM by AutoGen 5.18.16
* From the definitions ntpdc-opts.def
* and the template file options
*
/**
* static const strings for ntpdc options
*/
-static char const ntpdc_opt_strs[2004] =
+static char const ntpdc_opt_strs[2005] =
/* 0 */ "ntpdc 4.2.8p15\n"
"Copyright (C) 1992-2023 The University of Delaware and Network Time Foundation, all rights reserved.\n"
"This is free software. It is licensed for use, modification and\n"
/* 1938 */ "$HOME\0"
/* 1944 */ ".\0"
/* 1946 */ ".ntprc\0"
-/* 1953 */ "http://bugs.ntp.org, bugs@ntp.org\0"
-/* 1987 */ "\n\0"
-/* 1989 */ "ntpdc 4.2.8p15";
+/* 1953 */ "https://bugs.ntp.org, bugs@ntp.org\0"
+/* 1988 */ "\n\0"
+/* 1990 */ "ntpdc 4.2.8p15";
/**
* ipv4 option description with
/** The ntpdc program bug email address. */
#define zBugsAddr (ntpdc_opt_strs+1953)
/** Clarification/explanation of what ntpdc does. */
-#define zExplain (ntpdc_opt_strs+1987)
+#define zExplain (ntpdc_opt_strs+1988)
/** Extra detail explaining what ntpdc does. */
#define zDetail (NULL)
/** The full version string for ntpdc. */
-#define zFullVersion (ntpdc_opt_strs+1989)
+#define zFullVersion (ntpdc_opt_strs+1990)
/* extracted from optcode.tlib near line 342 */
#if defined(ENABLE_NLS)
/*
* EDIT THIS FILE WITH CAUTION (ntpdc-opts.h)
*
- * It has been AutoGen-ed March 5, 2023 at 02:05:13 AM by AutoGen 5.18.16
+ * It has been AutoGen-ed March 18, 2023 at 11:21:36 AM by AutoGen 5.18.16
* From the definitions ntpdc-opts.def
* and the template file options
*
.ds B-Font B
.ds I-Font I
.ds R-Font R
-.TH ntpdc 1ntpdcman "27 Jun 2022" "4.2.8p15" "User Commands"
+.TH ntpdc 1ntpdcman "18 Mar 2023" "4.2.8p15" "User Commands"
.\"
.\" EDIT THIS FILE WITH CAUTION (in-mem file)
.\"
-.\" It has been AutoGen-ed June 27, 2022 at 12:01:03 AM by AutoGen 5.18.5
+.\" It has been AutoGen-ed March 18, 2023 at 11:21:43 AM by AutoGen 5.18.16
.\" From the definitions ntpdc-opts.def
.\" and the template file agman-cmd.tpl
.SH NAME
.ne 2
.SH DESCRIPTION
-#! /bin/cat
+\f\*[B-Font]ntpdc\fP
+is deprecated.
+Please use
+\fCntpq\f[]\fR(1ntpqmdoc)\f[] instead \- it can do everything
+\f\*[B-Font]ntpdc\fP
+used to do, and it does so using a much more sane interface.
+.sp \n(Ppu
+.ne 2
+
+\f\*[B-Font]ntpdc\fP
+is a utility program used to query
+\fCntpd\f[]\fR(1ntpdmdoc)\f[]
+about its
+current state and to request changes in that state.
+It uses NTP mode 7 control message formats described in the source code.
+The program may
+be run either in interactive mode or controlled using command line
+arguments.
+Extensive state and statistics information is available
+through the
+\f\*[B-Font]ntpdc\fP
+interface.
+In addition, nearly all the
+configuration options which can be specified at startup using
+ntpd's configuration file may also be specified at run time using
+\f\*[B-Font]ntpdc\fP.
.SH "OPTIONS"
.TP
.NOP \f\*[B-Font]\-4\f[], \f\*[B-Font]\-\-ipv4\f[]
If any of these are directories, then the file \fI.ntprc\fP
is searched for within those directories.
.SH USAGE
-#! /bin/cat
+If one or more request options are included on the command line
+when
+\f\*[B-Font]ntpdc\fP
+is executed, each of the requests will be sent
+to the NTP servers running on each of the hosts given as command
+line arguments, or on localhost by default.
+If no request options
+are given,
+\f\*[B-Font]ntpdc\fP
+will attempt to read commands from the
+standard input and execute these on the NTP server running on the
+first host given on the command line, again defaulting to localhost
+when no other host is specified.
+The
+\f\*[B-Font]ntpdc\fP
+utility will prompt for
+commands if the standard input is a terminal device.
+.sp \n(Ppu
+.ne 2
+
+The
+\f\*[B-Font]ntpdc\fP
+utility uses NTP mode 7 packets to communicate with the
+NTP server, and hence can be used to query any compatible server on
+the network which permits it.
+Note that since NTP is a UDP protocol
+this communication will be somewhat unreliable, especially over
+large distances in terms of network topology.
+The
+\f\*[B-Font]ntpdc\fP
+utility makes
+no attempt to retransmit requests, and will time requests out if
+the remote host is not heard from within a suitable timeout
+time.
+.sp \n(Ppu
+.ne 2
+
+The operation of
+\f\*[B-Font]ntpdc\fP
+are specific to the particular
+implementation of the
+\fCntpd\f[]\fR(1ntpdmdoc)\f[]
+daemon and can be expected to
+work only with this and maybe some previous versions of the daemon.
+Requests from a remote
+\f\*[B-Font]ntpdc\fP
+utility which affect the
+state of the local server must be authenticated, which requires
+both the remote program and local server share a common key and key
+identifier.
+.sp \n(Ppu
+.ne 2
+
+Note that in contexts where a host name is expected, a
+\f\*[B-Font]\-4\f[]
+qualifier preceding the host name forces DNS resolution to the IPv4 namespace,
+while a
+\f\*[B-Font]\-6\f[]
+qualifier forces DNS resolution to the IPv6 namespace.
+Specifying a command line option other than
+\f\*[B-Font]\-i\f[]
+or
+\f\*[B-Font]\-n\f[]
+will cause the specified query (queries) to be sent to
+the indicated host(s) immediately.
+Otherwise,
+\f\*[B-Font]ntpdc\fP
+will
+attempt to read interactive format commands from the standard
+input.
+.SS "Interactive Commands"
+Interactive format commands consist of a keyword followed by zero
+to four arguments.
+Only enough characters of the full keyword to
+uniquely identify the command need be typed.
+The output of a
+command is normally sent to the standard output, but optionally the
+output of individual commands may be sent to a file by appending a
+\[oq]\&>\[cq],
+followed by a file name, to the command line.
+.sp \n(Ppu
+.ne 2
+
+A number of interactive format commands are executed entirely
+within the
+\f\*[B-Font]ntpdc\fP
+utility itself and do not result in NTP
+mode 7 requests being sent to a server.
+These are described
+following.
+.TP 7
+.NOP \f\*[B-Font]\&?\f[] \f\*[I-Font]command_keyword\f[]
+.TP 7
+.NOP \f\*[B-Font]help\f[] \f\*[I-Font]command_keyword\f[]
+A
+\[oq]\f\*[B-Font]\&?\f[]\[cq]
+will print a list of all the command
+keywords known to this incarnation of
+\f\*[B-Font]ntpdc\fP.
+A
+\[oq]\f\*[B-Font]\&?\f[]\[cq]
+followed by a command keyword will print function and usage
+information about the command.
+This command is probably a better
+source of information about
+\fCntpq\f[]\fR(1ntpqmdoc)\f[]
+than this manual
+page.
+.TP 7
+.NOP \f\*[B-Font]delay\f[] \f\*[I-Font]milliseconds\f[]
+Specify a time interval to be added to timestamps included in
+requests which require authentication.
+This is used to enable
+(unreliable) server reconfiguration over long delay network paths
+or between machines whose clocks are unsynchronized.
+Actually the
+server does not now require timestamps in authenticated requests,
+so this command may be obsolete.
+.TP 7
+.NOP \f\*[B-Font]host\f[] \f\*[I-Font]hostname\f[]
+Set the host to which future queries will be sent.
+Hostname may
+be either a host name or a numeric address.
+.TP 7
+.NOP \f\*[B-Font]hostnames\f[] [\f\*[B-Font]yes\f[] | \f\*[B-Font]no\f[]]
+If
+\f\*[B-Font]yes\f[]
+is specified, host names are printed in
+information displays.
+If
+\f\*[B-Font]no\f[]
+is specified, numeric
+addresses are printed instead.
+The default is
+\f\*[B-Font]yes\f[],
+unless
+modified using the command line
+\f\*[B-Font]\-n\f[]
+switch.
+.TP 7
+.NOP \f\*[B-Font]keyid\f[] \f\*[I-Font]keyid\f[]
+This command allows the specification of a key number to be
+used to authenticate configuration requests.
+This must correspond
+to a key number the server has been configured to use for this
+purpose.
+.TP 7
+.NOP \f\*[B-Font]quit\f[]
+Exit
+\f\*[B-Font]ntpdc\fP.
+.TP 7
+.NOP \f\*[B-Font]passwd\f[]
+This command prompts you to type in a password (which will not
+be echoed) which will be used to authenticate configuration
+requests.
+The password must correspond to the key configured for
+use by the NTP server for this purpose if such requests are to be
+successful.
+.TP 7
+.NOP \f\*[B-Font]timeout\f[] \f\*[I-Font]milliseconds\f[]
+Specify a timeout period for responses to server queries.
+The
+default is about 8000 milliseconds.
+Note that since
+\f\*[B-Font]ntpdc\fP
+retries each query once after a timeout, the total waiting time for
+a timeout will be twice the timeout value set.
+.PP
+.SS "Control Message Commands"
+Query commands result in NTP mode 7 packets containing requests for
+information being sent to the server.
+These are read-only commands
+in that they make no modification of the server configuration
+state.
+.TP 7
+.NOP \f\*[B-Font]listpeers\f[]
+Obtains and prints a brief list of the peers for which the
+server is maintaining state.
+These should include all configured
+peer associations as well as those peers whose stratum is such that
+they are considered by the server to be possible future
+synchronization candidates.
+.TP 7
+.NOP \f\*[B-Font]peers\f[]
+Obtains a list of peers for which the server is maintaining
+state, along with a summary of that state.
+Summary information
+includes the address of the remote peer, the local interface
+address (0.0.0.0 if a local address has yet to be determined), the
+stratum of the remote peer (a stratum of 16 indicates the remote
+peer is unsynchronized), the polling interval, in seconds, the
+reachability register, in octal, and the current estimated delay,
+offset and dispersion of the peer, all in seconds.
+.sp \n(Ppu
+.ne 2
+
+The character in the left margin indicates the mode this peer
+entry is operating in.
+A
+\[oq]\&+\[cq]
+denotes symmetric active, a
+\[oq]\&-\[cq]
+indicates symmetric passive, a
+\[oq]\&=\[cq]
+means the
+remote server is being polled in client mode, a
+\[oq]\&^\[cq]
+indicates that the server is broadcasting to this address, a
+\[oq]\&~\[cq]
+denotes that the remote peer is sending broadcasts and a
+\[oq]\&~\[cq]
+denotes that the remote peer is sending broadcasts and a
+\[oq]\&*\[cq]
+marks the peer the server is currently synchronizing
+to.
+.sp \n(Ppu
+.ne 2
+
+The contents of the host field may be one of four forms.
+It may
+be a host name, an IP address, a reference clock implementation
+name with its parameter or
+\fBREFCLK\f[]\fR()\f[]
+On
+\f\*[B-Font]hostnames\f[]
+\f\*[B-Font]no\f[]
+only IP-addresses
+will be displayed.
+.TP 7
+.NOP \f\*[B-Font]dmpeers\f[]
+A slightly different peer summary list.
+Identical to the output
+of the
+\f\*[B-Font]peers\f[]
+command, except for the character in the
+leftmost column.
+Characters only appear beside peers which were
+included in the final stage of the clock selection algorithm.
+A
+\[oq]\&.\[cq]
+indicates that this peer was cast off in the falseticker
+detection, while a
+\[oq]\&+\[cq]
+indicates that the peer made it
+through.
+A
+\[oq]\&*\[cq]
+denotes the peer the server is currently
+synchronizing with.
+.TP 7
+.NOP \f\*[B-Font]showpeer\f[] \f\*[I-Font]peer_address\f[] [\f\*[I-Font]...\f[]]
+Shows a detailed display of the current peer variables for one
+or more peers.
+Most of these values are described in the NTP
+Version 2 specification.
+.TP 7
+.NOP \f\*[B-Font]pstats\f[] \f\*[I-Font]peer_address\f[] [\f\*[I-Font]...\f[]]
+Show per-peer statistic counters associated with the specified
+peer(s).
+.TP 7
+.NOP \f\*[B-Font]clockstat\f[] \f\*[I-Font]clock_peer_address\f[] [\f\*[I-Font]...\f[]]
+Obtain and print information concerning a peer clock.
+The
+values obtained provide information on the setting of fudge factors
+and other clock performance information.
+.TP 7
+.NOP \f\*[B-Font]kerninfo\f[]
+Obtain and print kernel phase-lock loop operating parameters.
+This information is available only if the kernel has been specially
+modified for a precision timekeeping function.
+.TP 7
+.NOP \f\*[B-Font]loopinfo\f[] [\f\*[B-Font]oneline\f[] | \f\*[B-Font]multiline\f[]]
+Print the values of selected loop filter variables.
+The loop
+filter is the part of NTP which deals with adjusting the local
+system clock.
+The
+\[oq]offset\[cq]
+is the last offset given to the
+loop filter by the packet processing code.
+The
+\[oq]frequency\[cq]
+is the frequency error of the local clock in parts-per-million
+(ppm).
+The
+\[oq]time_const\[cq]
+controls the stiffness of the
+phase-lock loop and thus the speed at which it can adapt to
+oscillator drift.
+The
+\[oq]watchdog timer\[cq]
+value is the number
+of seconds which have elapsed since the last sample offset was
+given to the loop filter.
+The
+\f\*[B-Font]oneline\f[]
+and
+\f\*[B-Font]multiline\f[]
+options specify the format in which this
+information is to be printed, with
+\f\*[B-Font]multiline\f[]
+as the
+default.
+.TP 7
+.NOP \f\*[B-Font]sysinfo\f[]
+Print a variety of system state variables, i.e., state related
+to the local server.
+All except the last four lines are described
+in the NTP Version 3 specification, RFC-1305.
+.sp \n(Ppu
+.ne 2
+
+The
+\[oq]system flags\[cq]
+show various system flags, some of
+which can be set and cleared by the
+\f\*[B-Font]enable\f[]
+and
+\f\*[B-Font]disable\f[]
+configuration commands, respectively.
+These are
+the
+\f\*[B-Font]auth\f[],
+\f\*[B-Font]bclient\f[],
+\f\*[B-Font]monitor\f[],
+\f\*[B-Font]pll\f[],
+\f\*[B-Font]pps\f[]
+and
+\f\*[B-Font]stats\f[]
+flags.
+See the
+\fCntpd\f[]\fR(1ntpdmdoc)\f[]
+documentation for the meaning of these flags.
+There
+are two additional flags which are read only, the
+\f\*[B-Font]kernel_pll\f[]
+and
+\f\*[B-Font]kernel_pps\f[].
+These flags indicate
+the synchronization status when the precision time kernel
+modifications are in use.
+The
+\[oq]kernel_pll\[cq]
+indicates that
+the local clock is being disciplined by the kernel, while the
+\[oq]kernel_pps\[cq]
+indicates the kernel discipline is provided by the PPS
+signal.
+.sp \n(Ppu
+.ne 2
+
+The
+\[oq]stability\[cq]
+is the residual frequency error remaining
+after the system frequency correction is applied and is intended for
+maintenance and debugging.
+In most architectures, this value will
+initially decrease from as high as 500 ppm to a nominal value in
+the range .01 to 0.1 ppm.
+If it remains high for some time after
+starting the daemon, something may be wrong with the local clock,
+or the value of the kernel variable
+\fIkern.clockrate.tick\f[]
+may be
+incorrect.
+.sp \n(Ppu
+.ne 2
+
+The
+\[oq]broadcastdelay\[cq]
+shows the default broadcast delay,
+as set by the
+\f\*[B-Font]broadcastdelay\f[]
+configuration command.
+.sp \n(Ppu
+.ne 2
+
+The
+\[oq]authdelay\[cq]
+shows the default authentication delay,
+as set by the
+\f\*[B-Font]authdelay\f[]
+configuration command.
+.TP 7
+.NOP \f\*[B-Font]sysstats\f[]
+Print statistics counters maintained in the protocol
+module.
+.TP 7
+.NOP \f\*[B-Font]memstats\f[]
+Print statistics counters related to memory allocation
+code.
+.TP 7
+.NOP \f\*[B-Font]iostats\f[]
+Print statistics counters maintained in the input-output
+module.
+.TP 7
+.NOP \f\*[B-Font]timerstats\f[]
+Print statistics counters maintained in the timer/event queue
+support code.
+.TP 7
+.NOP \f\*[B-Font]reslist\f[]
+Obtain and print the server's restriction list.
+This list is
+(usually) printed in sorted order and may help to understand how
+the restrictions are applied.
+.TP 7
+.NOP \f\*[B-Font]monlist\f[] [\f\*[I-Font]version\f[]]
+Obtain and print traffic counts collected and maintained by the
+monitor facility.
+The version number should not normally need to be
+specified.
+.TP 7
+.NOP \f\*[B-Font]clkbug\f[] \f\*[I-Font]clock_peer_address\f[] [\f\*[I-Font]...\f[]]
+Obtain debugging information for a reference clock driver.
+This
+information is provided only by some clock drivers and is mostly
+undecodable without a copy of the driver source in hand.
+.PP
+.SS "Runtime Configuration Requests"
+All requests which cause state changes in the server are
+authenticated by the server using a configured NTP key (the
+facility can also be disabled by the server by not configuring a
+key).
+The key number and the corresponding key must also be made
+known to
+\f\*[B-Font]ntpdc\fP.
+This can be done using the
+\f\*[B-Font]keyid\f[]
+and
+\f\*[B-Font]passwd\f[]
+commands, the latter of which will prompt at the terminal for a
+password to use as the encryption key.
+You will also be prompted
+automatically for both the key number and password the first time a
+command which would result in an authenticated request to the
+server is given.
+Authentication not only provides verification that
+the requester has permission to make such changes, but also gives
+an extra degree of protection again transmission errors.
+.sp \n(Ppu
+.ne 2
+
+Authenticated requests always include a timestamp in the packet
+data, which is included in the computation of the authentication
+code.
+This timestamp is compared by the server to its receive time
+stamp.
+If they differ by more than a small amount the request is
+rejected.
+This is done for two reasons.
+First, it makes simple
+replay attacks on the server, by someone who might be able to
+overhear traffic on your LAN, much more difficult.
+Second, it makes
+it more difficult to request configuration changes to your server
+from topologically remote hosts.
+While the reconfiguration facility
+will work well with a server on the local host, and may work
+adequately between time-synchronized hosts on the same LAN, it will
+work very poorly for more distant hosts.
+As such, if reasonable
+passwords are chosen, care is taken in the distribution and
+protection of keys and appropriate source address restrictions are
+applied, the run time reconfiguration facility should provide an
+adequate level of security.
+.sp \n(Ppu
+.ne 2
+
+The following commands all make authenticated requests.
+.TP 7
+.NOP \f\*[B-Font]addpeer\f[] \f\*[I-Font]peer_address\f[] [\f\*[I-Font]keyid\f[]] [\f\*[I-Font]version\f[]] [\f\*[B-Font]prefer\f[]]
+Add a configured peer association at the given address and
+operating in symmetric active mode.
+Note that an existing
+association with the same peer may be deleted when this command is
+executed, or may simply be converted to conform to the new
+configuration, as appropriate.
+If the optional
+\f\*[I-Font]keyid\f[]
+is a
+nonzero integer, all outgoing packets to the remote server will
+have an authentication field attached encrypted with this key.
+If
+the value is 0 (or not given) no authentication will be done.
+The
+\f\*[I-Font]version\f[]
+can be 1, 2 or 3 and defaults to 3.
+The
+\f\*[B-Font]prefer\f[]
+keyword indicates a preferred peer (and thus will
+be used primarily for clock synchronisation if possible).
+The
+preferred peer also determines the validity of the PPS signal \- if
+the preferred peer is suitable for synchronisation so is the PPS
+signal.
+.TP 7
+.NOP \f\*[B-Font]addserver\f[] \f\*[I-Font]peer_address\f[] [\f\*[I-Font]keyid\f[]] [\f\*[I-Font]version\f[]] [\f\*[B-Font]prefer\f[]]
+Identical to the addpeer command, except that the operating
+mode is client.
+.TP 7
+.NOP \f\*[B-Font]broadcast\f[] \f\*[I-Font]peer_address\f[] [\f\*[I-Font]keyid\f[]] [\f\*[I-Font]version\f[]] [\f\*[B-Font]prefer\f[]]
+Identical to the addpeer command, except that the operating
+mode is broadcast.
+In this case a valid key identifier and key are
+required.
+The
+\f\*[I-Font]peer_address\f[]
+parameter can be the broadcast
+address of the local network or a multicast group address assigned
+to NTP.
+If a multicast address, a multicast-capable kernel is
+required.
+.TP 7
+.NOP \f\*[B-Font]unconfig\f[] \f\*[I-Font]peer_address\f[] [\f\*[I-Font]...\f[]]
+This command causes the configured bit to be removed from the
+specified peer(s).
+In many cases this will cause the peer
+association to be deleted.
+When appropriate, however, the
+association may persist in an unconfigured mode if the remote peer
+is willing to continue on in this fashion.
+.TP 7
+.NOP \f\*[B-Font]fudge\f[] \f\*[I-Font]peer_address\f[] [\f\*[B-Font]time1\f[]] [\f\*[B-Font]time2\f[]] [\f\*[I-Font]stratum\f[]] [\f\*[I-Font]refid\f[]]
+This command provides a way to set certain data for a reference
+clock.
+See the source listing for further information.
+.TP 7
+.NOP \f\*[B-Font]enable\f[] [\f\*[B-Font]auth\f[] | \f\*[B-Font]bclient\f[] | \f\*[B-Font]calibrate\f[] | \f\*[B-Font]kernel\f[] | \f\*[B-Font]monitor\f[] | \f\*[B-Font]ntp\f[] | \f\*[B-Font]pps\f[] | \f\*[B-Font]stats\f[]]
+.TP 7
+.NOP \f\*[B-Font]disable\f[] [\f\*[B-Font]auth\f[] | \f\*[B-Font]bclient\f[] | \f\*[B-Font]calibrate\f[] | \f\*[B-Font]kernel\f[] | \f\*[B-Font]monitor\f[] | \f\*[B-Font]ntp\f[] | \f\*[B-Font]pps\f[] | \f\*[B-Font]stats\f[]]
+These commands operate in the same way as the
+\f\*[B-Font]enable\f[]
+and
+\f\*[B-Font]disable\f[]
+configuration file commands of
+\fCntpd\f[]\fR(1ntpdmdoc)\f[].
+.RS
+.TP 7
+.NOP \f\*[B-Font]auth\f[]
+Enables the server to synchronize with unconfigured peers only
+if the peer has been correctly authenticated using either public key
+or private key cryptography.
+The default for this flag is enable.
+.TP 7
+.NOP \f\*[B-Font]bclient\f[]
+Enables the server to listen for a message from a broadcast or
+multicast server, as in the multicastclient command with
+default address.
+The default for this flag is disable.
+.TP 7
+.NOP \f\*[B-Font]calibrate\f[]
+Enables the calibrate feature for reference clocks.
+The default for this flag is disable.
+.TP 7
+.NOP \f\*[B-Font]kernel\f[]
+Enables the kernel time discipline, if available.
+The default for this flag is enable if support is available, otherwise disable.
+.TP 7
+.NOP \f\*[B-Font]monitor\f[]
+Enables the monitoring facility.
+See the documentation here about the
+\f\*[B-Font]monlist\f[]
+command or further information.
+The default for this flag is enable.
+.TP 7
+.NOP \f\*[B-Font]ntp\f[]
+Enables time and frequency discipline.
+In effect, this switch opens and closes the feedback loop,
+which is useful for testing.
+The default for this flag is enable.
+.TP 7
+.NOP \f\*[B-Font]pps\f[]
+Enables the pulse-per-second (PPS) signal when frequency
+and time is disciplined by the precision time kernel modifications.
+See the
+"A Kernel Model for Precision Timekeeping"
+(available as part of the HTML documentation
+provided in
+\fI/usr/share/doc/ntp\f[])
+page for further information.
+The default for this flag is disable.
+.TP 7
+.NOP \f\*[B-Font]stats\f[]
+Enables the statistics facility.
+See the
+\fIMonitoring\f[] \fIOptions\f[]
+section of
+\fCntp.conf\f[]\fR(5)\f[]
+for further information.
+The default for this flag is disable.
+.RE
+.TP 7
+.NOP \f\*[B-Font]restrict\f[] \f\*[I-Font]address\f[] \f\*[I-Font]mask\f[] \f\*[I-Font]flag\f[] [\f\*[I-Font]...\f[]]
+This command operates in the same way as the
+\f\*[B-Font]restrict\f[]
+configuration file commands of
+\fCntpd\f[]\fR(1ntpdmdoc)\f[].
+.TP 7
+.NOP \f\*[B-Font]unrestrict\f[] \f\*[I-Font]address\f[] \f\*[I-Font]mask\f[] \f\*[I-Font]flag\f[] [\f\*[I-Font]...\f[]]
+Unrestrict the matching entry from the restrict list.
+.TP 7
+.NOP \f\*[B-Font]delrestrict\f[] \f\*[I-Font]address\f[] \f\*[I-Font]mask\f[] [\f\*[B-Font]ntpport\f[]]
+Delete the matching entry from the restrict list.
+.TP 7
+.NOP \f\*[B-Font]readkeys\f[]
+Causes the current set of authentication keys to be purged and
+a new set to be obtained by rereading the keys file (which must
+have been specified in the
+\fCntpd\f[]\fR(1ntpdmdoc)\f[]
+configuration file).
+This
+allows encryption keys to be changed without restarting the
+server.
+.TP 7
+.NOP \f\*[B-Font]trustedkey\f[] \f\*[I-Font]keyid\f[] [\f\*[I-Font]...\f[]]
+.TP 7
+.NOP \f\*[B-Font]untrustedkey\f[] \f\*[I-Font]keyid\f[] [\f\*[I-Font]...\f[]]
+These commands operate in the same way as the
+\f\*[B-Font]trustedkey\f[]
+and
+\f\*[B-Font]untrustedkey\f[]
+configuration file
+commands of
+\fCntpd\f[]\fR(1ntpdmdoc)\f[].
+.TP 7
+.NOP \f\*[B-Font]authinfo\f[]
+Returns information concerning the authentication module,
+including known keys and counts of encryptions and decryptions
+which have been done.
+.TP 7
+.NOP \f\*[B-Font]traps\f[]
+Display the traps set in the server.
+See the source listing for
+further information.
+.TP 7
+.NOP \f\*[B-Font]addtrap\f[] \f\*[I-Font]address\f[] [\f\*[I-Font]port\f[]] [\f\*[I-Font]interface\f[]]
+Set a trap for asynchronous messages.
+See the source listing
+for further information.
+.TP 7
+.NOP \f\*[B-Font]clrtrap\f[] \f\*[I-Font]address\f[] [\f\*[I-Font]port\f[]] [\f\*[I-Font]interface\f[]]
+Clear a trap for asynchronous messages.
+See the source listing
+for further information.
+.TP 7
+.NOP \f\*[B-Font]reset\f[]
+Clear the statistics counters in various modules of the server.
+See the source listing for further information.
+.PP
.SH "ENVIRONMENT"
See \fBOPTION PRESETS\fP for configuration environment variables.
.SH "FILES"
it to autogen-users@lists.sourceforge.net. Thank you.
.PP
.SH "SEE ALSO"
-#! /bin/cat
+\fCntp.conf\f[]\fR(5)\f[],
+\fCntpd\f[]\fR(1ntpdmdoc)\f[]
+David L. Mills,
+\fINetwork Time Protocol (Version 3)\fR,
+RFC1305
+.PP
+
.SH AUTHORS
-#! /bin/cat
+The formatting directives in this document came from FreeBSD.
.SH "COPYRIGHT"
-Copyright (C) 1992-2020 The University of Delaware and Network Time Foundation all rights reserved.
+Copyright (C) 1992-2023 The University of Delaware and Network Time Foundation all rights reserved.
This program is released under the terms of the NTP license, <http://ntp.org/license>.
.SH BUGS
-#! /bin/cat
+The
+\f\*[B-Font]ntpdc\fP
+utility is a crude hack.
+Much of the information it shows is
+deadly boring and could only be loved by its implementer.
+The
+program was designed so that new (and temporary) features were easy
+to hack in, at great expense to the program's ease of use.
+Despite
+this, the program is occasionally useful.
+.sp \n(Ppu
+.ne 2
+
+Please report bugs to http://bugs.ntp.org .
.sp \n(Ppu
.ne 2
-Please send bug reports to: http://bugs.ntp.org, bugs@ntp.org
+Please send bug reports to: https://bugs.ntp.org, bugs@ntp.org
.SH "NOTES"
This manual page was \fIAutoGen\fP-erated from the \fBntpdc\fP
option definitions.
-.Dd June 27 2022
+.Dd March 18 2023
.Dt NTPDC 1ntpdcmdoc User Commands
.Os
.\" EDIT THIS FILE WITH CAUTION (ntpdc-opts.mdoc)
.\"
-.\" It has been AutoGen-ed June 27, 2022 at 12:01:00 AM by AutoGen 5.18.5
+.\" It has been AutoGen-ed March 18, 2023 at 11:21:39 AM by AutoGen 5.18.16
.\" From the definitions ntpdc-opts.def
.\" and the template file agmdoc-cmd.tpl
.Sh NAME
[ host ...]
.Pp
.Sh DESCRIPTION
-#! /bin/cat
+.Nm
+is deprecated.
+Please use
+.Xr ntpq 1ntpqmdoc instead \- it can do everything
+.Nm
+used to do, and it does so using a much more sane interface.
+.Pp
+.Nm
+is a utility program used to query
+.Xr ntpd 1ntpdmdoc
+about its
+current state and to request changes in that state.
+It uses NTP mode 7 control message formats described in the source code.
+The program may
+be run either in interactive mode or controlled using command line
+arguments.
+Extensive state and statistics information is available
+through the
+.Nm
+interface.
+In addition, nearly all the
+configuration options which can be specified at startup using
+ntpd's configuration file may also be specified at run time using
+.Nm .
.Sh "OPTIONS"
.Bl -tag
.It Fl 4 , Fl \-ipv4
If any of these are directories, then the file \fI.ntprc\fP
is searched for within those directories.
.Sh USAGE
-#! /bin/cat
+If one or more request options are included on the command line
+when
+.Nm
+is executed, each of the requests will be sent
+to the NTP servers running on each of the hosts given as command
+line arguments, or on localhost by default.
+If no request options
+are given,
+.Nm
+will attempt to read commands from the
+standard input and execute these on the NTP server running on the
+first host given on the command line, again defaulting to localhost
+when no other host is specified.
+The
+.Nm
+utility will prompt for
+commands if the standard input is a terminal device.
+.Pp
+The
+.Nm
+utility uses NTP mode 7 packets to communicate with the
+NTP server, and hence can be used to query any compatible server on
+the network which permits it.
+Note that since NTP is a UDP protocol
+this communication will be somewhat unreliable, especially over
+large distances in terms of network topology.
+The
+.Nm
+utility makes
+no attempt to retransmit requests, and will time requests out if
+the remote host is not heard from within a suitable timeout
+time.
+.Pp
+The operation of
+.Nm
+are specific to the particular
+implementation of the
+.Xr ntpd 1ntpdmdoc
+daemon and can be expected to
+work only with this and maybe some previous versions of the daemon.
+Requests from a remote
+.Nm
+utility which affect the
+state of the local server must be authenticated, which requires
+both the remote program and local server share a common key and key
+identifier.
+.Pp
+Note that in contexts where a host name is expected, a
+.Fl 4
+qualifier preceding the host name forces DNS resolution to the IPv4 namespace,
+while a
+.Fl 6
+qualifier forces DNS resolution to the IPv6 namespace.
+Specifying a command line option other than
+.Fl i
+or
+.Fl n
+will cause the specified query (queries) to be sent to
+the indicated host(s) immediately.
+Otherwise,
+.Nm
+will
+attempt to read interactive format commands from the standard
+input.
+.Ss "Interactive Commands"
+Interactive format commands consist of a keyword followed by zero
+to four arguments.
+Only enough characters of the full keyword to
+uniquely identify the command need be typed.
+The output of a
+command is normally sent to the standard output, but optionally the
+output of individual commands may be sent to a file by appending a
+.Ql \&> ,
+followed by a file name, to the command line.
+.Pp
+A number of interactive format commands are executed entirely
+within the
+.Nm
+utility itself and do not result in NTP
+mode 7 requests being sent to a server.
+These are described
+following.
+.Bl -tag -width indent
+.It Ic \&? Ar command_keyword
+.It Ic help Ar command_keyword
+A
+.Sq Ic \&?
+will print a list of all the command
+keywords known to this incarnation of
+.Nm .
+A
+.Sq Ic \&?
+followed by a command keyword will print function and usage
+information about the command.
+This command is probably a better
+source of information about
+.Xr ntpq 1ntpqmdoc
+than this manual
+page.
+.It Ic delay Ar milliseconds
+Specify a time interval to be added to timestamps included in
+requests which require authentication.
+This is used to enable
+(unreliable) server reconfiguration over long delay network paths
+or between machines whose clocks are unsynchronized.
+Actually the
+server does not now require timestamps in authenticated requests,
+so this command may be obsolete.
+.It Ic host Ar hostname
+Set the host to which future queries will be sent.
+Hostname may
+be either a host name or a numeric address.
+.It Ic hostnames Op Cm yes | Cm no
+If
+.Cm yes
+is specified, host names are printed in
+information displays.
+If
+.Cm no
+is specified, numeric
+addresses are printed instead.
+The default is
+.Cm yes ,
+unless
+modified using the command line
+.Fl n
+switch.
+.It Ic keyid Ar keyid
+This command allows the specification of a key number to be
+used to authenticate configuration requests.
+This must correspond
+to a key number the server has been configured to use for this
+purpose.
+.It Ic quit
+Exit
+.Nm .
+.It Ic passwd
+This command prompts you to type in a password (which will not
+be echoed) which will be used to authenticate configuration
+requests.
+The password must correspond to the key configured for
+use by the NTP server for this purpose if such requests are to be
+successful.
+.It Ic timeout Ar milliseconds
+Specify a timeout period for responses to server queries.
+The
+default is about 8000 milliseconds.
+Note that since
+.Nm
+retries each query once after a timeout, the total waiting time for
+a timeout will be twice the timeout value set.
+.El
+.Ss "Control Message Commands"
+Query commands result in NTP mode 7 packets containing requests for
+information being sent to the server.
+These are read\-only commands
+in that they make no modification of the server configuration
+state.
+.Bl -tag -width indent
+.It Ic listpeers
+Obtains and prints a brief list of the peers for which the
+server is maintaining state.
+These should include all configured
+peer associations as well as those peers whose stratum is such that
+they are considered by the server to be possible future
+synchronization candidates.
+.It Ic peers
+Obtains a list of peers for which the server is maintaining
+state, along with a summary of that state.
+Summary information
+includes the address of the remote peer, the local interface
+address (0.0.0.0 if a local address has yet to be determined), the
+stratum of the remote peer (a stratum of 16 indicates the remote
+peer is unsynchronized), the polling interval, in seconds, the
+reachability register, in octal, and the current estimated delay,
+offset and dispersion of the peer, all in seconds.
+.Pp
+The character in the left margin indicates the mode this peer
+entry is operating in.
+A
+.Ql \&+
+denotes symmetric active, a
+.Ql \&\-
+indicates symmetric passive, a
+.Ql \&=
+means the
+remote server is being polled in client mode, a
+.Ql \&^
+indicates that the server is broadcasting to this address, a
+.Ql \&~
+denotes that the remote peer is sending broadcasts and a
+.Ql \&~
+denotes that the remote peer is sending broadcasts and a
+.Ql \&*
+marks the peer the server is currently synchronizing
+to.
+.Pp
+The contents of the host field may be one of four forms.
+It may
+be a host name, an IP address, a reference clock implementation
+name with its parameter or
+.Fn REFCLK "implementation_number" "parameter" .
+On
+.Ic hostnames
+.Cm no
+only IP\-addresses
+will be displayed.
+.It Ic dmpeers
+A slightly different peer summary list.
+Identical to the output
+of the
+.Ic peers
+command, except for the character in the
+leftmost column.
+Characters only appear beside peers which were
+included in the final stage of the clock selection algorithm.
+A
+.Ql \&.
+indicates that this peer was cast off in the falseticker
+detection, while a
+.Ql \&+
+indicates that the peer made it
+through.
+A
+.Ql \&*
+denotes the peer the server is currently
+synchronizing with.
+.It Ic showpeer Ar peer_address Oo Ar ... Oc
+Shows a detailed display of the current peer variables for one
+or more peers.
+Most of these values are described in the NTP
+Version 2 specification.
+.It Ic pstats Ar peer_address Oo Ar ... Oc
+Show per\-peer statistic counters associated with the specified
+peer(s).
+.It Ic clockstat Ar clock_peer_address Oo Ar ... Oc
+Obtain and print information concerning a peer clock.
+The
+values obtained provide information on the setting of fudge factors
+and other clock performance information.
+.It Ic kerninfo
+Obtain and print kernel phase\-lock loop operating parameters.
+This information is available only if the kernel has been specially
+modified for a precision timekeeping function.
+.It Ic loopinfo Op Cm oneline | Cm multiline
+Print the values of selected loop filter variables.
+The loop
+filter is the part of NTP which deals with adjusting the local
+system clock.
+The
+.Sq offset
+is the last offset given to the
+loop filter by the packet processing code.
+The
+.Sq frequency
+is the frequency error of the local clock in parts\-per\-million
+(ppm).
+The
+.Sq time_const
+controls the stiffness of the
+phase\-lock loop and thus the speed at which it can adapt to
+oscillator drift.
+The
+.Sq watchdog timer
+value is the number
+of seconds which have elapsed since the last sample offset was
+given to the loop filter.
+The
+.Cm oneline
+and
+.Cm multiline
+options specify the format in which this
+information is to be printed, with
+.Cm multiline
+as the
+default.
+.It Ic sysinfo
+Print a variety of system state variables, i.e., state related
+to the local server.
+All except the last four lines are described
+in the NTP Version 3 specification, RFC\-1305.
+.Pp
+The
+.Sq system flags
+show various system flags, some of
+which can be set and cleared by the
+.Ic enable
+and
+.Ic disable
+configuration commands, respectively.
+These are
+the
+.Cm auth ,
+.Cm bclient ,
+.Cm monitor ,
+.Cm pll ,
+.Cm pps
+and
+.Cm stats
+flags.
+See the
+.Xr ntpd 1ntpdmdoc
+documentation for the meaning of these flags.
+There
+are two additional flags which are read only, the
+.Cm kernel_pll
+and
+.Cm kernel_pps .
+These flags indicate
+the synchronization status when the precision time kernel
+modifications are in use.
+The
+.Sq kernel_pll
+indicates that
+the local clock is being disciplined by the kernel, while the
+.Sq kernel_pps
+indicates the kernel discipline is provided by the PPS
+signal.
+.Pp
+The
+.Sq stability
+is the residual frequency error remaining
+after the system frequency correction is applied and is intended for
+maintenance and debugging.
+In most architectures, this value will
+initially decrease from as high as 500 ppm to a nominal value in
+the range .01 to 0.1 ppm.
+If it remains high for some time after
+starting the daemon, something may be wrong with the local clock,
+or the value of the kernel variable
+.Va kern.clockrate.tick
+may be
+incorrect.
+.Pp
+The
+.Sq broadcastdelay
+shows the default broadcast delay,
+as set by the
+.Ic broadcastdelay
+configuration command.
+.Pp
+The
+.Sq authdelay
+shows the default authentication delay,
+as set by the
+.Ic authdelay
+configuration command.
+.It Ic sysstats
+Print statistics counters maintained in the protocol
+module.
+.It Ic memstats
+Print statistics counters related to memory allocation
+code.
+.It Ic iostats
+Print statistics counters maintained in the input\-output
+module.
+.It Ic timerstats
+Print statistics counters maintained in the timer/event queue
+support code.
+.It Ic reslist
+Obtain and print the server's restriction list.
+This list is
+(usually) printed in sorted order and may help to understand how
+the restrictions are applied.
+.It Ic monlist Op Ar version
+Obtain and print traffic counts collected and maintained by the
+monitor facility.
+The version number should not normally need to be
+specified.
+.It Ic clkbug Ar clock_peer_address Oo Ar ... Oc
+Obtain debugging information for a reference clock driver.
+This
+information is provided only by some clock drivers and is mostly
+undecodable without a copy of the driver source in hand.
+.El
+.Ss "Runtime Configuration Requests"
+All requests which cause state changes in the server are
+authenticated by the server using a configured NTP key (the
+facility can also be disabled by the server by not configuring a
+key).
+The key number and the corresponding key must also be made
+known to
+.Nm .
+This can be done using the
+.Ic keyid
+and
+.Ic passwd
+commands, the latter of which will prompt at the terminal for a
+password to use as the encryption key.
+You will also be prompted
+automatically for both the key number and password the first time a
+command which would result in an authenticated request to the
+server is given.
+Authentication not only provides verification that
+the requester has permission to make such changes, but also gives
+an extra degree of protection again transmission errors.
+.Pp
+Authenticated requests always include a timestamp in the packet
+data, which is included in the computation of the authentication
+code.
+This timestamp is compared by the server to its receive time
+stamp.
+If they differ by more than a small amount the request is
+rejected.
+This is done for two reasons.
+First, it makes simple
+replay attacks on the server, by someone who might be able to
+overhear traffic on your LAN, much more difficult.
+Second, it makes
+it more difficult to request configuration changes to your server
+from topologically remote hosts.
+While the reconfiguration facility
+will work well with a server on the local host, and may work
+adequately between time\-synchronized hosts on the same LAN, it will
+work very poorly for more distant hosts.
+As such, if reasonable
+passwords are chosen, care is taken in the distribution and
+protection of keys and appropriate source address restrictions are
+applied, the run time reconfiguration facility should provide an
+adequate level of security.
+.Pp
+The following commands all make authenticated requests.
+.Bl -tag -width indent
+.It Xo Ic addpeer Ar peer_address
+.Op Ar keyid
+.Op Ar version
+.Op Cm prefer
+.Xc
+Add a configured peer association at the given address and
+operating in symmetric active mode.
+Note that an existing
+association with the same peer may be deleted when this command is
+executed, or may simply be converted to conform to the new
+configuration, as appropriate.
+If the optional
+.Ar keyid
+is a
+nonzero integer, all outgoing packets to the remote server will
+have an authentication field attached encrypted with this key.
+If
+the value is 0 (or not given) no authentication will be done.
+The
+.Ar version
+can be 1, 2 or 3 and defaults to 3.
+The
+.Cm prefer
+keyword indicates a preferred peer (and thus will
+be used primarily for clock synchronisation if possible).
+The
+preferred peer also determines the validity of the PPS signal \- if
+the preferred peer is suitable for synchronisation so is the PPS
+signal.
+.It Xo Ic addserver Ar peer_address
+.Op Ar keyid
+.Op Ar version
+.Op Cm prefer
+.Xc
+Identical to the addpeer command, except that the operating
+mode is client.
+.It Xo Ic broadcast Ar peer_address
+.Op Ar keyid
+.Op Ar version
+.Op Cm prefer
+.Xc
+Identical to the addpeer command, except that the operating
+mode is broadcast.
+In this case a valid key identifier and key are
+required.
+The
+.Ar peer_address
+parameter can be the broadcast
+address of the local network or a multicast group address assigned
+to NTP.
+If a multicast address, a multicast\-capable kernel is
+required.
+.It Ic unconfig Ar peer_address Oo Ar ... Oc
+This command causes the configured bit to be removed from the
+specified peer(s).
+In many cases this will cause the peer
+association to be deleted.
+When appropriate, however, the
+association may persist in an unconfigured mode if the remote peer
+is willing to continue on in this fashion.
+.It Xo Ic fudge Ar peer_address
+.Op Cm time1
+.Op Cm time2
+.Op Ar stratum
+.Op Ar refid
+.Xc
+This command provides a way to set certain data for a reference
+clock.
+See the source listing for further information.
+.It Xo Ic enable
+.Oo
+.Cm auth | Cm bclient |
+.Cm calibrate | Cm kernel |
+.Cm monitor | Cm ntp |
+.Cm pps | Cm stats
+.Oc
+.Xc
+.It Xo Ic disable
+.Oo
+.Cm auth | Cm bclient |
+.Cm calibrate | Cm kernel |
+.Cm monitor | Cm ntp |
+.Cm pps | Cm stats
+.Oc
+.Xc
+These commands operate in the same way as the
+.Ic enable
+and
+.Ic disable
+configuration file commands of
+.Xr ntpd 1ntpdmdoc .
+.Bl -tag -width indent
+.It Cm auth
+Enables the server to synchronize with unconfigured peers only
+if the peer has been correctly authenticated using either public key
+or private key cryptography.
+The default for this flag is enable.
+.It Cm bclient
+Enables the server to listen for a message from a broadcast or
+multicast server, as in the multicastclient command with
+default address.
+The default for this flag is disable.
+.It Cm calibrate
+Enables the calibrate feature for reference clocks.
+The default for this flag is disable.
+.It Cm kernel
+Enables the kernel time discipline, if available.
+The default for this flag is enable if support is available, otherwise disable.
+.It Cm monitor
+Enables the monitoring facility.
+See the documentation here about the
+.Cm monlist
+command or further information.
+The default for this flag is enable.
+.It Cm ntp
+Enables time and frequency discipline.
+In effect, this switch opens and closes the feedback loop,
+which is useful for testing.
+The default for this flag is enable.
+.It Cm pps
+Enables the pulse\-per\-second (PPS) signal when frequency
+and time is disciplined by the precision time kernel modifications.
+See the
+.Qq A Kernel Model for Precision Timekeeping
+(available as part of the HTML documentation
+provided in
+.Pa /usr/share/doc/ntp )
+page for further information.
+The default for this flag is disable.
+.It Cm stats
+Enables the statistics facility.
+See the
+.Sx Monitoring Options
+section of
+.Xr ntp.conf 5
+for further information.
+The default for this flag is disable.
+.El
+.It Xo Ic restrict Ar address Ar mask
+.Ar flag Oo Ar ... Oc
+.Xc
+This command operates in the same way as the
+.Ic restrict
+configuration file commands of
+.Xr ntpd 1ntpdmdoc .
+.It Xo Ic unrestrict Ar address Ar mask
+.Ar flag Oo Ar ... Oc
+.Xc
+Unrestrict the matching entry from the restrict list.
+.It Xo Ic delrestrict Ar address Ar mask
+.Op Cm ntpport
+.Xc
+Delete the matching entry from the restrict list.
+.It Ic readkeys
+Causes the current set of authentication keys to be purged and
+a new set to be obtained by rereading the keys file (which must
+have been specified in the
+.Xr ntpd 1ntpdmdoc
+configuration file).
+This
+allows encryption keys to be changed without restarting the
+server.
+.It Ic trustedkey Ar keyid Oo Ar ... Oc
+.It Ic untrustedkey Ar keyid Oo Ar ... Oc
+These commands operate in the same way as the
+.Ic trustedkey
+and
+.Ic untrustedkey
+configuration file
+commands of
+.Xr ntpd 1ntpdmdoc .
+.It Ic authinfo
+Returns information concerning the authentication module,
+including known keys and counts of encryptions and decryptions
+which have been done.
+.It Ic traps
+Display the traps set in the server.
+See the source listing for
+further information.
+.It Xo Ic addtrap Ar address
+.Op Ar port
+.Op Ar interface
+.Xc
+Set a trap for asynchronous messages.
+See the source listing
+for further information.
+.It Xo Ic clrtrap Ar address
+.Op Ar port
+.Op Ar interface
+.Xc
+Clear a trap for asynchronous messages.
+See the source listing
+for further information.
+.It Ic reset
+Clear the statistics counters in various modules of the server.
+See the source listing for further information.
+.El
.Sh "ENVIRONMENT"
See \fBOPTION PRESETS\fP for configuration environment variables.
.Sh "FILES"
it to autogen\-users@lists.sourceforge.net. Thank you.
.El
.Sh "SEE ALSO"
-#! /bin/cat
+.Xr ntp.conf 5 ,
+.Xr ntpd 1ntpdmdoc
+.Rs
+.%A David L. Mills
+.%T Network Time Protocol (Version 3)
+.%O RFC1305
+.Re
.Sh AUTHORS
-#! /bin/cat
+The formatting directives in this document came from FreeBSD.
.Sh "COPYRIGHT"
-Copyright (C) 1992\-2020 The University of Delaware and Network Time Foundation all rights reserved.
+Copyright (C) 1992\-2023 The University of Delaware and Network Time Foundation all rights reserved.
This program is released under the terms of the NTP license, <http://ntp.org/license>.
.Sh BUGS
-#! /bin/cat
+The
+.Nm
+utility is a crude hack.
+Much of the information it shows is
+deadly boring and could only be loved by its implementer.
+The
+program was designed so that new (and temporary) features were easy
+to hack in, at great expense to the program's ease of use.
+Despite
+this, the program is occasionally useful.
+.Pp
+Please report bugs to http://bugs.ntp.org .
.Pp
-Please send bug reports to: http://bugs.ntp.org, bugs@ntp.org
+Please send bug reports to: https://bugs.ntp.org, bugs@ntp.org
.Sh "NOTES"
This manual page was \fIAutoGen\fP\-erated from the \fBntpdc\fP
option definitions.
- reading file ./.ntprc
- examining environment variables named NTPDC_*
-Please send bug reports to: <http://bugs.ntp.org, bugs@ntp.org>
+Please send bug reports to: <https://bugs.ntp.org, bugs@ntp.org>
</pre></div>
<hr>
<p>Print the program version to standard out, optionally with licensing
information, then exit 0. The optional argument specifies how much licensing
-detail to provide. The default is to print just the version. The licensing infomation may be selected with an option argument.
+detail to provide. The default is to print just the version. The licensing information may be selected with an option argument.
Only the first letter of the argument is examined:
</p>
<dl compact="compact">
.ds B-Font B
.ds I-Font I
.ds R-Font R
-.TH ntpdc @NTPDC_MS@ "27 Jun 2022" "4.2.8p15" "User Commands"
+.TH ntpdc @NTPDC_MS@ "18 Mar 2023" "4.2.8p15" "User Commands"
.\"
.\" EDIT THIS FILE WITH CAUTION (in-mem file)
.\"
-.\" It has been AutoGen-ed June 27, 2022 at 12:01:03 AM by AutoGen 5.18.5
+.\" It has been AutoGen-ed March 18, 2023 at 11:21:43 AM by AutoGen 5.18.16
.\" From the definitions ntpdc-opts.def
.\" and the template file agman-cmd.tpl
.SH NAME
.ne 2
.SH DESCRIPTION
-#! /bin/cat
+\f\*[B-Font]ntpdc\fP
+is deprecated.
+Please use
+\fCntpq\f[]\fR(@NTPQ_MS@)\f[] instead \- it can do everything
+\f\*[B-Font]ntpdc\fP
+used to do, and it does so using a much more sane interface.
+.sp \n(Ppu
+.ne 2
+
+\f\*[B-Font]ntpdc\fP
+is a utility program used to query
+\fCntpd\f[]\fR(@NTPD_MS@)\f[]
+about its
+current state and to request changes in that state.
+It uses NTP mode 7 control message formats described in the source code.
+The program may
+be run either in interactive mode or controlled using command line
+arguments.
+Extensive state and statistics information is available
+through the
+\f\*[B-Font]ntpdc\fP
+interface.
+In addition, nearly all the
+configuration options which can be specified at startup using
+ntpd's configuration file may also be specified at run time using
+\f\*[B-Font]ntpdc\fP.
.SH "OPTIONS"
.TP
.NOP \f\*[B-Font]\-4\f[], \f\*[B-Font]\-\-ipv4\f[]
If any of these are directories, then the file \fI.ntprc\fP
is searched for within those directories.
.SH USAGE
-#! /bin/cat
+If one or more request options are included on the command line
+when
+\f\*[B-Font]ntpdc\fP
+is executed, each of the requests will be sent
+to the NTP servers running on each of the hosts given as command
+line arguments, or on localhost by default.
+If no request options
+are given,
+\f\*[B-Font]ntpdc\fP
+will attempt to read commands from the
+standard input and execute these on the NTP server running on the
+first host given on the command line, again defaulting to localhost
+when no other host is specified.
+The
+\f\*[B-Font]ntpdc\fP
+utility will prompt for
+commands if the standard input is a terminal device.
+.sp \n(Ppu
+.ne 2
+
+The
+\f\*[B-Font]ntpdc\fP
+utility uses NTP mode 7 packets to communicate with the
+NTP server, and hence can be used to query any compatible server on
+the network which permits it.
+Note that since NTP is a UDP protocol
+this communication will be somewhat unreliable, especially over
+large distances in terms of network topology.
+The
+\f\*[B-Font]ntpdc\fP
+utility makes
+no attempt to retransmit requests, and will time requests out if
+the remote host is not heard from within a suitable timeout
+time.
+.sp \n(Ppu
+.ne 2
+
+The operation of
+\f\*[B-Font]ntpdc\fP
+are specific to the particular
+implementation of the
+\fCntpd\f[]\fR(@NTPD_MS@)\f[]
+daemon and can be expected to
+work only with this and maybe some previous versions of the daemon.
+Requests from a remote
+\f\*[B-Font]ntpdc\fP
+utility which affect the
+state of the local server must be authenticated, which requires
+both the remote program and local server share a common key and key
+identifier.
+.sp \n(Ppu
+.ne 2
+
+Note that in contexts where a host name is expected, a
+\f\*[B-Font]\-4\f[]
+qualifier preceding the host name forces DNS resolution to the IPv4 namespace,
+while a
+\f\*[B-Font]\-6\f[]
+qualifier forces DNS resolution to the IPv6 namespace.
+Specifying a command line option other than
+\f\*[B-Font]\-i\f[]
+or
+\f\*[B-Font]\-n\f[]
+will cause the specified query (queries) to be sent to
+the indicated host(s) immediately.
+Otherwise,
+\f\*[B-Font]ntpdc\fP
+will
+attempt to read interactive format commands from the standard
+input.
+.SS "Interactive Commands"
+Interactive format commands consist of a keyword followed by zero
+to four arguments.
+Only enough characters of the full keyword to
+uniquely identify the command need be typed.
+The output of a
+command is normally sent to the standard output, but optionally the
+output of individual commands may be sent to a file by appending a
+\[oq]\&>\[cq],
+followed by a file name, to the command line.
+.sp \n(Ppu
+.ne 2
+
+A number of interactive format commands are executed entirely
+within the
+\f\*[B-Font]ntpdc\fP
+utility itself and do not result in NTP
+mode 7 requests being sent to a server.
+These are described
+following.
+.TP 7
+.NOP \f\*[B-Font]\&?\f[] \f\*[I-Font]command_keyword\f[]
+.TP 7
+.NOP \f\*[B-Font]help\f[] \f\*[I-Font]command_keyword\f[]
+A
+\[oq]\f\*[B-Font]\&?\f[]\[cq]
+will print a list of all the command
+keywords known to this incarnation of
+\f\*[B-Font]ntpdc\fP.
+A
+\[oq]\f\*[B-Font]\&?\f[]\[cq]
+followed by a command keyword will print function and usage
+information about the command.
+This command is probably a better
+source of information about
+\fCntpq\f[]\fR(@NTPQ_MS@)\f[]
+than this manual
+page.
+.TP 7
+.NOP \f\*[B-Font]delay\f[] \f\*[I-Font]milliseconds\f[]
+Specify a time interval to be added to timestamps included in
+requests which require authentication.
+This is used to enable
+(unreliable) server reconfiguration over long delay network paths
+or between machines whose clocks are unsynchronized.
+Actually the
+server does not now require timestamps in authenticated requests,
+so this command may be obsolete.
+.TP 7
+.NOP \f\*[B-Font]host\f[] \f\*[I-Font]hostname\f[]
+Set the host to which future queries will be sent.
+Hostname may
+be either a host name or a numeric address.
+.TP 7
+.NOP \f\*[B-Font]hostnames\f[] [\f\*[B-Font]yes\f[] | \f\*[B-Font]no\f[]]
+If
+\f\*[B-Font]yes\f[]
+is specified, host names are printed in
+information displays.
+If
+\f\*[B-Font]no\f[]
+is specified, numeric
+addresses are printed instead.
+The default is
+\f\*[B-Font]yes\f[],
+unless
+modified using the command line
+\f\*[B-Font]\-n\f[]
+switch.
+.TP 7
+.NOP \f\*[B-Font]keyid\f[] \f\*[I-Font]keyid\f[]
+This command allows the specification of a key number to be
+used to authenticate configuration requests.
+This must correspond
+to a key number the server has been configured to use for this
+purpose.
+.TP 7
+.NOP \f\*[B-Font]quit\f[]
+Exit
+\f\*[B-Font]ntpdc\fP.
+.TP 7
+.NOP \f\*[B-Font]passwd\f[]
+This command prompts you to type in a password (which will not
+be echoed) which will be used to authenticate configuration
+requests.
+The password must correspond to the key configured for
+use by the NTP server for this purpose if such requests are to be
+successful.
+.TP 7
+.NOP \f\*[B-Font]timeout\f[] \f\*[I-Font]milliseconds\f[]
+Specify a timeout period for responses to server queries.
+The
+default is about 8000 milliseconds.
+Note that since
+\f\*[B-Font]ntpdc\fP
+retries each query once after a timeout, the total waiting time for
+a timeout will be twice the timeout value set.
+.PP
+.SS "Control Message Commands"
+Query commands result in NTP mode 7 packets containing requests for
+information being sent to the server.
+These are read-only commands
+in that they make no modification of the server configuration
+state.
+.TP 7
+.NOP \f\*[B-Font]listpeers\f[]
+Obtains and prints a brief list of the peers for which the
+server is maintaining state.
+These should include all configured
+peer associations as well as those peers whose stratum is such that
+they are considered by the server to be possible future
+synchronization candidates.
+.TP 7
+.NOP \f\*[B-Font]peers\f[]
+Obtains a list of peers for which the server is maintaining
+state, along with a summary of that state.
+Summary information
+includes the address of the remote peer, the local interface
+address (0.0.0.0 if a local address has yet to be determined), the
+stratum of the remote peer (a stratum of 16 indicates the remote
+peer is unsynchronized), the polling interval, in seconds, the
+reachability register, in octal, and the current estimated delay,
+offset and dispersion of the peer, all in seconds.
+.sp \n(Ppu
+.ne 2
+
+The character in the left margin indicates the mode this peer
+entry is operating in.
+A
+\[oq]\&+\[cq]
+denotes symmetric active, a
+\[oq]\&-\[cq]
+indicates symmetric passive, a
+\[oq]\&=\[cq]
+means the
+remote server is being polled in client mode, a
+\[oq]\&^\[cq]
+indicates that the server is broadcasting to this address, a
+\[oq]\&~\[cq]
+denotes that the remote peer is sending broadcasts and a
+\[oq]\&~\[cq]
+denotes that the remote peer is sending broadcasts and a
+\[oq]\&*\[cq]
+marks the peer the server is currently synchronizing
+to.
+.sp \n(Ppu
+.ne 2
+
+The contents of the host field may be one of four forms.
+It may
+be a host name, an IP address, a reference clock implementation
+name with its parameter or
+\fBREFCLK\f[]\fR()\f[]
+On
+\f\*[B-Font]hostnames\f[]
+\f\*[B-Font]no\f[]
+only IP-addresses
+will be displayed.
+.TP 7
+.NOP \f\*[B-Font]dmpeers\f[]
+A slightly different peer summary list.
+Identical to the output
+of the
+\f\*[B-Font]peers\f[]
+command, except for the character in the
+leftmost column.
+Characters only appear beside peers which were
+included in the final stage of the clock selection algorithm.
+A
+\[oq]\&.\[cq]
+indicates that this peer was cast off in the falseticker
+detection, while a
+\[oq]\&+\[cq]
+indicates that the peer made it
+through.
+A
+\[oq]\&*\[cq]
+denotes the peer the server is currently
+synchronizing with.
+.TP 7
+.NOP \f\*[B-Font]showpeer\f[] \f\*[I-Font]peer_address\f[] [\f\*[I-Font]...\f[]]
+Shows a detailed display of the current peer variables for one
+or more peers.
+Most of these values are described in the NTP
+Version 2 specification.
+.TP 7
+.NOP \f\*[B-Font]pstats\f[] \f\*[I-Font]peer_address\f[] [\f\*[I-Font]...\f[]]
+Show per-peer statistic counters associated with the specified
+peer(s).
+.TP 7
+.NOP \f\*[B-Font]clockstat\f[] \f\*[I-Font]clock_peer_address\f[] [\f\*[I-Font]...\f[]]
+Obtain and print information concerning a peer clock.
+The
+values obtained provide information on the setting of fudge factors
+and other clock performance information.
+.TP 7
+.NOP \f\*[B-Font]kerninfo\f[]
+Obtain and print kernel phase-lock loop operating parameters.
+This information is available only if the kernel has been specially
+modified for a precision timekeeping function.
+.TP 7
+.NOP \f\*[B-Font]loopinfo\f[] [\f\*[B-Font]oneline\f[] | \f\*[B-Font]multiline\f[]]
+Print the values of selected loop filter variables.
+The loop
+filter is the part of NTP which deals with adjusting the local
+system clock.
+The
+\[oq]offset\[cq]
+is the last offset given to the
+loop filter by the packet processing code.
+The
+\[oq]frequency\[cq]
+is the frequency error of the local clock in parts-per-million
+(ppm).
+The
+\[oq]time_const\[cq]
+controls the stiffness of the
+phase-lock loop and thus the speed at which it can adapt to
+oscillator drift.
+The
+\[oq]watchdog timer\[cq]
+value is the number
+of seconds which have elapsed since the last sample offset was
+given to the loop filter.
+The
+\f\*[B-Font]oneline\f[]
+and
+\f\*[B-Font]multiline\f[]
+options specify the format in which this
+information is to be printed, with
+\f\*[B-Font]multiline\f[]
+as the
+default.
+.TP 7
+.NOP \f\*[B-Font]sysinfo\f[]
+Print a variety of system state variables, i.e., state related
+to the local server.
+All except the last four lines are described
+in the NTP Version 3 specification, RFC-1305.
+.sp \n(Ppu
+.ne 2
+
+The
+\[oq]system flags\[cq]
+show various system flags, some of
+which can be set and cleared by the
+\f\*[B-Font]enable\f[]
+and
+\f\*[B-Font]disable\f[]
+configuration commands, respectively.
+These are
+the
+\f\*[B-Font]auth\f[],
+\f\*[B-Font]bclient\f[],
+\f\*[B-Font]monitor\f[],
+\f\*[B-Font]pll\f[],
+\f\*[B-Font]pps\f[]
+and
+\f\*[B-Font]stats\f[]
+flags.
+See the
+\fCntpd\f[]\fR(@NTPD_MS@)\f[]
+documentation for the meaning of these flags.
+There
+are two additional flags which are read only, the
+\f\*[B-Font]kernel_pll\f[]
+and
+\f\*[B-Font]kernel_pps\f[].
+These flags indicate
+the synchronization status when the precision time kernel
+modifications are in use.
+The
+\[oq]kernel_pll\[cq]
+indicates that
+the local clock is being disciplined by the kernel, while the
+\[oq]kernel_pps\[cq]
+indicates the kernel discipline is provided by the PPS
+signal.
+.sp \n(Ppu
+.ne 2
+
+The
+\[oq]stability\[cq]
+is the residual frequency error remaining
+after the system frequency correction is applied and is intended for
+maintenance and debugging.
+In most architectures, this value will
+initially decrease from as high as 500 ppm to a nominal value in
+the range .01 to 0.1 ppm.
+If it remains high for some time after
+starting the daemon, something may be wrong with the local clock,
+or the value of the kernel variable
+\fIkern.clockrate.tick\f[]
+may be
+incorrect.
+.sp \n(Ppu
+.ne 2
+
+The
+\[oq]broadcastdelay\[cq]
+shows the default broadcast delay,
+as set by the
+\f\*[B-Font]broadcastdelay\f[]
+configuration command.
+.sp \n(Ppu
+.ne 2
+
+The
+\[oq]authdelay\[cq]
+shows the default authentication delay,
+as set by the
+\f\*[B-Font]authdelay\f[]
+configuration command.
+.TP 7
+.NOP \f\*[B-Font]sysstats\f[]
+Print statistics counters maintained in the protocol
+module.
+.TP 7
+.NOP \f\*[B-Font]memstats\f[]
+Print statistics counters related to memory allocation
+code.
+.TP 7
+.NOP \f\*[B-Font]iostats\f[]
+Print statistics counters maintained in the input-output
+module.
+.TP 7
+.NOP \f\*[B-Font]timerstats\f[]
+Print statistics counters maintained in the timer/event queue
+support code.
+.TP 7
+.NOP \f\*[B-Font]reslist\f[]
+Obtain and print the server's restriction list.
+This list is
+(usually) printed in sorted order and may help to understand how
+the restrictions are applied.
+.TP 7
+.NOP \f\*[B-Font]monlist\f[] [\f\*[I-Font]version\f[]]
+Obtain and print traffic counts collected and maintained by the
+monitor facility.
+The version number should not normally need to be
+specified.
+.TP 7
+.NOP \f\*[B-Font]clkbug\f[] \f\*[I-Font]clock_peer_address\f[] [\f\*[I-Font]...\f[]]
+Obtain debugging information for a reference clock driver.
+This
+information is provided only by some clock drivers and is mostly
+undecodable without a copy of the driver source in hand.
+.PP
+.SS "Runtime Configuration Requests"
+All requests which cause state changes in the server are
+authenticated by the server using a configured NTP key (the
+facility can also be disabled by the server by not configuring a
+key).
+The key number and the corresponding key must also be made
+known to
+\f\*[B-Font]ntpdc\fP.
+This can be done using the
+\f\*[B-Font]keyid\f[]
+and
+\f\*[B-Font]passwd\f[]
+commands, the latter of which will prompt at the terminal for a
+password to use as the encryption key.
+You will also be prompted
+automatically for both the key number and password the first time a
+command which would result in an authenticated request to the
+server is given.
+Authentication not only provides verification that
+the requester has permission to make such changes, but also gives
+an extra degree of protection again transmission errors.
+.sp \n(Ppu
+.ne 2
+
+Authenticated requests always include a timestamp in the packet
+data, which is included in the computation of the authentication
+code.
+This timestamp is compared by the server to its receive time
+stamp.
+If they differ by more than a small amount the request is
+rejected.
+This is done for two reasons.
+First, it makes simple
+replay attacks on the server, by someone who might be able to
+overhear traffic on your LAN, much more difficult.
+Second, it makes
+it more difficult to request configuration changes to your server
+from topologically remote hosts.
+While the reconfiguration facility
+will work well with a server on the local host, and may work
+adequately between time-synchronized hosts on the same LAN, it will
+work very poorly for more distant hosts.
+As such, if reasonable
+passwords are chosen, care is taken in the distribution and
+protection of keys and appropriate source address restrictions are
+applied, the run time reconfiguration facility should provide an
+adequate level of security.
+.sp \n(Ppu
+.ne 2
+
+The following commands all make authenticated requests.
+.TP 7
+.NOP \f\*[B-Font]addpeer\f[] \f\*[I-Font]peer_address\f[] [\f\*[I-Font]keyid\f[]] [\f\*[I-Font]version\f[]] [\f\*[B-Font]prefer\f[]]
+Add a configured peer association at the given address and
+operating in symmetric active mode.
+Note that an existing
+association with the same peer may be deleted when this command is
+executed, or may simply be converted to conform to the new
+configuration, as appropriate.
+If the optional
+\f\*[I-Font]keyid\f[]
+is a
+nonzero integer, all outgoing packets to the remote server will
+have an authentication field attached encrypted with this key.
+If
+the value is 0 (or not given) no authentication will be done.
+The
+\f\*[I-Font]version\f[]
+can be 1, 2 or 3 and defaults to 3.
+The
+\f\*[B-Font]prefer\f[]
+keyword indicates a preferred peer (and thus will
+be used primarily for clock synchronisation if possible).
+The
+preferred peer also determines the validity of the PPS signal \- if
+the preferred peer is suitable for synchronisation so is the PPS
+signal.
+.TP 7
+.NOP \f\*[B-Font]addserver\f[] \f\*[I-Font]peer_address\f[] [\f\*[I-Font]keyid\f[]] [\f\*[I-Font]version\f[]] [\f\*[B-Font]prefer\f[]]
+Identical to the addpeer command, except that the operating
+mode is client.
+.TP 7
+.NOP \f\*[B-Font]broadcast\f[] \f\*[I-Font]peer_address\f[] [\f\*[I-Font]keyid\f[]] [\f\*[I-Font]version\f[]] [\f\*[B-Font]prefer\f[]]
+Identical to the addpeer command, except that the operating
+mode is broadcast.
+In this case a valid key identifier and key are
+required.
+The
+\f\*[I-Font]peer_address\f[]
+parameter can be the broadcast
+address of the local network or a multicast group address assigned
+to NTP.
+If a multicast address, a multicast-capable kernel is
+required.
+.TP 7
+.NOP \f\*[B-Font]unconfig\f[] \f\*[I-Font]peer_address\f[] [\f\*[I-Font]...\f[]]
+This command causes the configured bit to be removed from the
+specified peer(s).
+In many cases this will cause the peer
+association to be deleted.
+When appropriate, however, the
+association may persist in an unconfigured mode if the remote peer
+is willing to continue on in this fashion.
+.TP 7
+.NOP \f\*[B-Font]fudge\f[] \f\*[I-Font]peer_address\f[] [\f\*[B-Font]time1\f[]] [\f\*[B-Font]time2\f[]] [\f\*[I-Font]stratum\f[]] [\f\*[I-Font]refid\f[]]
+This command provides a way to set certain data for a reference
+clock.
+See the source listing for further information.
+.TP 7
+.NOP \f\*[B-Font]enable\f[] [\f\*[B-Font]auth\f[] | \f\*[B-Font]bclient\f[] | \f\*[B-Font]calibrate\f[] | \f\*[B-Font]kernel\f[] | \f\*[B-Font]monitor\f[] | \f\*[B-Font]ntp\f[] | \f\*[B-Font]pps\f[] | \f\*[B-Font]stats\f[]]
+.TP 7
+.NOP \f\*[B-Font]disable\f[] [\f\*[B-Font]auth\f[] | \f\*[B-Font]bclient\f[] | \f\*[B-Font]calibrate\f[] | \f\*[B-Font]kernel\f[] | \f\*[B-Font]monitor\f[] | \f\*[B-Font]ntp\f[] | \f\*[B-Font]pps\f[] | \f\*[B-Font]stats\f[]]
+These commands operate in the same way as the
+\f\*[B-Font]enable\f[]
+and
+\f\*[B-Font]disable\f[]
+configuration file commands of
+\fCntpd\f[]\fR(@NTPD_MS@)\f[].
+.RS
+.TP 7
+.NOP \f\*[B-Font]auth\f[]
+Enables the server to synchronize with unconfigured peers only
+if the peer has been correctly authenticated using either public key
+or private key cryptography.
+The default for this flag is enable.
+.TP 7
+.NOP \f\*[B-Font]bclient\f[]
+Enables the server to listen for a message from a broadcast or
+multicast server, as in the multicastclient command with
+default address.
+The default for this flag is disable.
+.TP 7
+.NOP \f\*[B-Font]calibrate\f[]
+Enables the calibrate feature for reference clocks.
+The default for this flag is disable.
+.TP 7
+.NOP \f\*[B-Font]kernel\f[]
+Enables the kernel time discipline, if available.
+The default for this flag is enable if support is available, otherwise disable.
+.TP 7
+.NOP \f\*[B-Font]monitor\f[]
+Enables the monitoring facility.
+See the documentation here about the
+\f\*[B-Font]monlist\f[]
+command or further information.
+The default for this flag is enable.
+.TP 7
+.NOP \f\*[B-Font]ntp\f[]
+Enables time and frequency discipline.
+In effect, this switch opens and closes the feedback loop,
+which is useful for testing.
+The default for this flag is enable.
+.TP 7
+.NOP \f\*[B-Font]pps\f[]
+Enables the pulse-per-second (PPS) signal when frequency
+and time is disciplined by the precision time kernel modifications.
+See the
+"A Kernel Model for Precision Timekeeping"
+(available as part of the HTML documentation
+provided in
+\fI/usr/share/doc/ntp\f[])
+page for further information.
+The default for this flag is disable.
+.TP 7
+.NOP \f\*[B-Font]stats\f[]
+Enables the statistics facility.
+See the
+\fIMonitoring\f[] \fIOptions\f[]
+section of
+\fCntp.conf\f[]\fR(5)\f[]
+for further information.
+The default for this flag is disable.
+.RE
+.TP 7
+.NOP \f\*[B-Font]restrict\f[] \f\*[I-Font]address\f[] \f\*[I-Font]mask\f[] \f\*[I-Font]flag\f[] [\f\*[I-Font]...\f[]]
+This command operates in the same way as the
+\f\*[B-Font]restrict\f[]
+configuration file commands of
+\fCntpd\f[]\fR(@NTPD_MS@)\f[].
+.TP 7
+.NOP \f\*[B-Font]unrestrict\f[] \f\*[I-Font]address\f[] \f\*[I-Font]mask\f[] \f\*[I-Font]flag\f[] [\f\*[I-Font]...\f[]]
+Unrestrict the matching entry from the restrict list.
+.TP 7
+.NOP \f\*[B-Font]delrestrict\f[] \f\*[I-Font]address\f[] \f\*[I-Font]mask\f[] [\f\*[B-Font]ntpport\f[]]
+Delete the matching entry from the restrict list.
+.TP 7
+.NOP \f\*[B-Font]readkeys\f[]
+Causes the current set of authentication keys to be purged and
+a new set to be obtained by rereading the keys file (which must
+have been specified in the
+\fCntpd\f[]\fR(@NTPD_MS@)\f[]
+configuration file).
+This
+allows encryption keys to be changed without restarting the
+server.
+.TP 7
+.NOP \f\*[B-Font]trustedkey\f[] \f\*[I-Font]keyid\f[] [\f\*[I-Font]...\f[]]
+.TP 7
+.NOP \f\*[B-Font]untrustedkey\f[] \f\*[I-Font]keyid\f[] [\f\*[I-Font]...\f[]]
+These commands operate in the same way as the
+\f\*[B-Font]trustedkey\f[]
+and
+\f\*[B-Font]untrustedkey\f[]
+configuration file
+commands of
+\fCntpd\f[]\fR(@NTPD_MS@)\f[].
+.TP 7
+.NOP \f\*[B-Font]authinfo\f[]
+Returns information concerning the authentication module,
+including known keys and counts of encryptions and decryptions
+which have been done.
+.TP 7
+.NOP \f\*[B-Font]traps\f[]
+Display the traps set in the server.
+See the source listing for
+further information.
+.TP 7
+.NOP \f\*[B-Font]addtrap\f[] \f\*[I-Font]address\f[] [\f\*[I-Font]port\f[]] [\f\*[I-Font]interface\f[]]
+Set a trap for asynchronous messages.
+See the source listing
+for further information.
+.TP 7
+.NOP \f\*[B-Font]clrtrap\f[] \f\*[I-Font]address\f[] [\f\*[I-Font]port\f[]] [\f\*[I-Font]interface\f[]]
+Clear a trap for asynchronous messages.
+See the source listing
+for further information.
+.TP 7
+.NOP \f\*[B-Font]reset\f[]
+Clear the statistics counters in various modules of the server.
+See the source listing for further information.
+.PP
.SH "ENVIRONMENT"
See \fBOPTION PRESETS\fP for configuration environment variables.
.SH "FILES"
it to autogen-users@lists.sourceforge.net. Thank you.
.PP
.SH "SEE ALSO"
-#! /bin/cat
+\fCntp.conf\f[]\fR(5)\f[],
+\fCntpd\f[]\fR(@NTPD_MS@)\f[]
+David L. Mills,
+\fINetwork Time Protocol (Version 3)\fR,
+RFC1305
+.PP
+
.SH AUTHORS
-#! /bin/cat
+The formatting directives in this document came from FreeBSD.
.SH "COPYRIGHT"
-Copyright (C) 1992-2020 The University of Delaware and Network Time Foundation all rights reserved.
+Copyright (C) 1992-2023 The University of Delaware and Network Time Foundation all rights reserved.
This program is released under the terms of the NTP license, <http://ntp.org/license>.
.SH BUGS
-#! /bin/cat
+The
+\f\*[B-Font]ntpdc\fP
+utility is a crude hack.
+Much of the information it shows is
+deadly boring and could only be loved by its implementer.
+The
+program was designed so that new (and temporary) features were easy
+to hack in, at great expense to the program's ease of use.
+Despite
+this, the program is occasionally useful.
+.sp \n(Ppu
+.ne 2
+
+Please report bugs to http://bugs.ntp.org .
.sp \n(Ppu
.ne 2
-Please send bug reports to: http://bugs.ntp.org, bugs@ntp.org
+Please send bug reports to: https://bugs.ntp.org, bugs@ntp.org
.SH "NOTES"
This manual page was \fIAutoGen\fP-erated from the \fBntpdc\fP
option definitions.
-.Dd June 27 2022
+.Dd March 18 2023
.Dt NTPDC @NTPDC_MS@ User Commands
.Os
.\" EDIT THIS FILE WITH CAUTION (ntpdc-opts.mdoc)
.\"
-.\" It has been AutoGen-ed June 27, 2022 at 12:01:00 AM by AutoGen 5.18.5
+.\" It has been AutoGen-ed March 18, 2023 at 11:21:39 AM by AutoGen 5.18.16
.\" From the definitions ntpdc-opts.def
.\" and the template file agmdoc-cmd.tpl
.Sh NAME
[ host ...]
.Pp
.Sh DESCRIPTION
-#! /bin/cat
+.Nm
+is deprecated.
+Please use
+.Xr ntpq @NTPQ_MS@ instead \- it can do everything
+.Nm
+used to do, and it does so using a much more sane interface.
+.Pp
+.Nm
+is a utility program used to query
+.Xr ntpd @NTPD_MS@
+about its
+current state and to request changes in that state.
+It uses NTP mode 7 control message formats described in the source code.
+The program may
+be run either in interactive mode or controlled using command line
+arguments.
+Extensive state and statistics information is available
+through the
+.Nm
+interface.
+In addition, nearly all the
+configuration options which can be specified at startup using
+ntpd's configuration file may also be specified at run time using
+.Nm .
.Sh "OPTIONS"
.Bl -tag
.It Fl 4 , Fl \-ipv4
If any of these are directories, then the file \fI.ntprc\fP
is searched for within those directories.
.Sh USAGE
-#! /bin/cat
+If one or more request options are included on the command line
+when
+.Nm
+is executed, each of the requests will be sent
+to the NTP servers running on each of the hosts given as command
+line arguments, or on localhost by default.
+If no request options
+are given,
+.Nm
+will attempt to read commands from the
+standard input and execute these on the NTP server running on the
+first host given on the command line, again defaulting to localhost
+when no other host is specified.
+The
+.Nm
+utility will prompt for
+commands if the standard input is a terminal device.
+.Pp
+The
+.Nm
+utility uses NTP mode 7 packets to communicate with the
+NTP server, and hence can be used to query any compatible server on
+the network which permits it.
+Note that since NTP is a UDP protocol
+this communication will be somewhat unreliable, especially over
+large distances in terms of network topology.
+The
+.Nm
+utility makes
+no attempt to retransmit requests, and will time requests out if
+the remote host is not heard from within a suitable timeout
+time.
+.Pp
+The operation of
+.Nm
+are specific to the particular
+implementation of the
+.Xr ntpd @NTPD_MS@
+daemon and can be expected to
+work only with this and maybe some previous versions of the daemon.
+Requests from a remote
+.Nm
+utility which affect the
+state of the local server must be authenticated, which requires
+both the remote program and local server share a common key and key
+identifier.
+.Pp
+Note that in contexts where a host name is expected, a
+.Fl 4
+qualifier preceding the host name forces DNS resolution to the IPv4 namespace,
+while a
+.Fl 6
+qualifier forces DNS resolution to the IPv6 namespace.
+Specifying a command line option other than
+.Fl i
+or
+.Fl n
+will cause the specified query (queries) to be sent to
+the indicated host(s) immediately.
+Otherwise,
+.Nm
+will
+attempt to read interactive format commands from the standard
+input.
+.Ss "Interactive Commands"
+Interactive format commands consist of a keyword followed by zero
+to four arguments.
+Only enough characters of the full keyword to
+uniquely identify the command need be typed.
+The output of a
+command is normally sent to the standard output, but optionally the
+output of individual commands may be sent to a file by appending a
+.Ql \&> ,
+followed by a file name, to the command line.
+.Pp
+A number of interactive format commands are executed entirely
+within the
+.Nm
+utility itself and do not result in NTP
+mode 7 requests being sent to a server.
+These are described
+following.
+.Bl -tag -width indent
+.It Ic \&? Ar command_keyword
+.It Ic help Ar command_keyword
+A
+.Sq Ic \&?
+will print a list of all the command
+keywords known to this incarnation of
+.Nm .
+A
+.Sq Ic \&?
+followed by a command keyword will print function and usage
+information about the command.
+This command is probably a better
+source of information about
+.Xr ntpq @NTPQ_MS@
+than this manual
+page.
+.It Ic delay Ar milliseconds
+Specify a time interval to be added to timestamps included in
+requests which require authentication.
+This is used to enable
+(unreliable) server reconfiguration over long delay network paths
+or between machines whose clocks are unsynchronized.
+Actually the
+server does not now require timestamps in authenticated requests,
+so this command may be obsolete.
+.It Ic host Ar hostname
+Set the host to which future queries will be sent.
+Hostname may
+be either a host name or a numeric address.
+.It Ic hostnames Op Cm yes | Cm no
+If
+.Cm yes
+is specified, host names are printed in
+information displays.
+If
+.Cm no
+is specified, numeric
+addresses are printed instead.
+The default is
+.Cm yes ,
+unless
+modified using the command line
+.Fl n
+switch.
+.It Ic keyid Ar keyid
+This command allows the specification of a key number to be
+used to authenticate configuration requests.
+This must correspond
+to a key number the server has been configured to use for this
+purpose.
+.It Ic quit
+Exit
+.Nm .
+.It Ic passwd
+This command prompts you to type in a password (which will not
+be echoed) which will be used to authenticate configuration
+requests.
+The password must correspond to the key configured for
+use by the NTP server for this purpose if such requests are to be
+successful.
+.It Ic timeout Ar milliseconds
+Specify a timeout period for responses to server queries.
+The
+default is about 8000 milliseconds.
+Note that since
+.Nm
+retries each query once after a timeout, the total waiting time for
+a timeout will be twice the timeout value set.
+.El
+.Ss "Control Message Commands"
+Query commands result in NTP mode 7 packets containing requests for
+information being sent to the server.
+These are read\-only commands
+in that they make no modification of the server configuration
+state.
+.Bl -tag -width indent
+.It Ic listpeers
+Obtains and prints a brief list of the peers for which the
+server is maintaining state.
+These should include all configured
+peer associations as well as those peers whose stratum is such that
+they are considered by the server to be possible future
+synchronization candidates.
+.It Ic peers
+Obtains a list of peers for which the server is maintaining
+state, along with a summary of that state.
+Summary information
+includes the address of the remote peer, the local interface
+address (0.0.0.0 if a local address has yet to be determined), the
+stratum of the remote peer (a stratum of 16 indicates the remote
+peer is unsynchronized), the polling interval, in seconds, the
+reachability register, in octal, and the current estimated delay,
+offset and dispersion of the peer, all in seconds.
+.Pp
+The character in the left margin indicates the mode this peer
+entry is operating in.
+A
+.Ql \&+
+denotes symmetric active, a
+.Ql \&\-
+indicates symmetric passive, a
+.Ql \&=
+means the
+remote server is being polled in client mode, a
+.Ql \&^
+indicates that the server is broadcasting to this address, a
+.Ql \&~
+denotes that the remote peer is sending broadcasts and a
+.Ql \&~
+denotes that the remote peer is sending broadcasts and a
+.Ql \&*
+marks the peer the server is currently synchronizing
+to.
+.Pp
+The contents of the host field may be one of four forms.
+It may
+be a host name, an IP address, a reference clock implementation
+name with its parameter or
+.Fn REFCLK "implementation_number" "parameter" .
+On
+.Ic hostnames
+.Cm no
+only IP\-addresses
+will be displayed.
+.It Ic dmpeers
+A slightly different peer summary list.
+Identical to the output
+of the
+.Ic peers
+command, except for the character in the
+leftmost column.
+Characters only appear beside peers which were
+included in the final stage of the clock selection algorithm.
+A
+.Ql \&.
+indicates that this peer was cast off in the falseticker
+detection, while a
+.Ql \&+
+indicates that the peer made it
+through.
+A
+.Ql \&*
+denotes the peer the server is currently
+synchronizing with.
+.It Ic showpeer Ar peer_address Oo Ar ... Oc
+Shows a detailed display of the current peer variables for one
+or more peers.
+Most of these values are described in the NTP
+Version 2 specification.
+.It Ic pstats Ar peer_address Oo Ar ... Oc
+Show per\-peer statistic counters associated with the specified
+peer(s).
+.It Ic clockstat Ar clock_peer_address Oo Ar ... Oc
+Obtain and print information concerning a peer clock.
+The
+values obtained provide information on the setting of fudge factors
+and other clock performance information.
+.It Ic kerninfo
+Obtain and print kernel phase\-lock loop operating parameters.
+This information is available only if the kernel has been specially
+modified for a precision timekeeping function.
+.It Ic loopinfo Op Cm oneline | Cm multiline
+Print the values of selected loop filter variables.
+The loop
+filter is the part of NTP which deals with adjusting the local
+system clock.
+The
+.Sq offset
+is the last offset given to the
+loop filter by the packet processing code.
+The
+.Sq frequency
+is the frequency error of the local clock in parts\-per\-million
+(ppm).
+The
+.Sq time_const
+controls the stiffness of the
+phase\-lock loop and thus the speed at which it can adapt to
+oscillator drift.
+The
+.Sq watchdog timer
+value is the number
+of seconds which have elapsed since the last sample offset was
+given to the loop filter.
+The
+.Cm oneline
+and
+.Cm multiline
+options specify the format in which this
+information is to be printed, with
+.Cm multiline
+as the
+default.
+.It Ic sysinfo
+Print a variety of system state variables, i.e., state related
+to the local server.
+All except the last four lines are described
+in the NTP Version 3 specification, RFC\-1305.
+.Pp
+The
+.Sq system flags
+show various system flags, some of
+which can be set and cleared by the
+.Ic enable
+and
+.Ic disable
+configuration commands, respectively.
+These are
+the
+.Cm auth ,
+.Cm bclient ,
+.Cm monitor ,
+.Cm pll ,
+.Cm pps
+and
+.Cm stats
+flags.
+See the
+.Xr ntpd @NTPD_MS@
+documentation for the meaning of these flags.
+There
+are two additional flags which are read only, the
+.Cm kernel_pll
+and
+.Cm kernel_pps .
+These flags indicate
+the synchronization status when the precision time kernel
+modifications are in use.
+The
+.Sq kernel_pll
+indicates that
+the local clock is being disciplined by the kernel, while the
+.Sq kernel_pps
+indicates the kernel discipline is provided by the PPS
+signal.
+.Pp
+The
+.Sq stability
+is the residual frequency error remaining
+after the system frequency correction is applied and is intended for
+maintenance and debugging.
+In most architectures, this value will
+initially decrease from as high as 500 ppm to a nominal value in
+the range .01 to 0.1 ppm.
+If it remains high for some time after
+starting the daemon, something may be wrong with the local clock,
+or the value of the kernel variable
+.Va kern.clockrate.tick
+may be
+incorrect.
+.Pp
+The
+.Sq broadcastdelay
+shows the default broadcast delay,
+as set by the
+.Ic broadcastdelay
+configuration command.
+.Pp
+The
+.Sq authdelay
+shows the default authentication delay,
+as set by the
+.Ic authdelay
+configuration command.
+.It Ic sysstats
+Print statistics counters maintained in the protocol
+module.
+.It Ic memstats
+Print statistics counters related to memory allocation
+code.
+.It Ic iostats
+Print statistics counters maintained in the input\-output
+module.
+.It Ic timerstats
+Print statistics counters maintained in the timer/event queue
+support code.
+.It Ic reslist
+Obtain and print the server's restriction list.
+This list is
+(usually) printed in sorted order and may help to understand how
+the restrictions are applied.
+.It Ic monlist Op Ar version
+Obtain and print traffic counts collected and maintained by the
+monitor facility.
+The version number should not normally need to be
+specified.
+.It Ic clkbug Ar clock_peer_address Oo Ar ... Oc
+Obtain debugging information for a reference clock driver.
+This
+information is provided only by some clock drivers and is mostly
+undecodable without a copy of the driver source in hand.
+.El
+.Ss "Runtime Configuration Requests"
+All requests which cause state changes in the server are
+authenticated by the server using a configured NTP key (the
+facility can also be disabled by the server by not configuring a
+key).
+The key number and the corresponding key must also be made
+known to
+.Nm .
+This can be done using the
+.Ic keyid
+and
+.Ic passwd
+commands, the latter of which will prompt at the terminal for a
+password to use as the encryption key.
+You will also be prompted
+automatically for both the key number and password the first time a
+command which would result in an authenticated request to the
+server is given.
+Authentication not only provides verification that
+the requester has permission to make such changes, but also gives
+an extra degree of protection again transmission errors.
+.Pp
+Authenticated requests always include a timestamp in the packet
+data, which is included in the computation of the authentication
+code.
+This timestamp is compared by the server to its receive time
+stamp.
+If they differ by more than a small amount the request is
+rejected.
+This is done for two reasons.
+First, it makes simple
+replay attacks on the server, by someone who might be able to
+overhear traffic on your LAN, much more difficult.
+Second, it makes
+it more difficult to request configuration changes to your server
+from topologically remote hosts.
+While the reconfiguration facility
+will work well with a server on the local host, and may work
+adequately between time\-synchronized hosts on the same LAN, it will
+work very poorly for more distant hosts.
+As such, if reasonable
+passwords are chosen, care is taken in the distribution and
+protection of keys and appropriate source address restrictions are
+applied, the run time reconfiguration facility should provide an
+adequate level of security.
+.Pp
+The following commands all make authenticated requests.
+.Bl -tag -width indent
+.It Xo Ic addpeer Ar peer_address
+.Op Ar keyid
+.Op Ar version
+.Op Cm prefer
+.Xc
+Add a configured peer association at the given address and
+operating in symmetric active mode.
+Note that an existing
+association with the same peer may be deleted when this command is
+executed, or may simply be converted to conform to the new
+configuration, as appropriate.
+If the optional
+.Ar keyid
+is a
+nonzero integer, all outgoing packets to the remote server will
+have an authentication field attached encrypted with this key.
+If
+the value is 0 (or not given) no authentication will be done.
+The
+.Ar version
+can be 1, 2 or 3 and defaults to 3.
+The
+.Cm prefer
+keyword indicates a preferred peer (and thus will
+be used primarily for clock synchronisation if possible).
+The
+preferred peer also determines the validity of the PPS signal \- if
+the preferred peer is suitable for synchronisation so is the PPS
+signal.
+.It Xo Ic addserver Ar peer_address
+.Op Ar keyid
+.Op Ar version
+.Op Cm prefer
+.Xc
+Identical to the addpeer command, except that the operating
+mode is client.
+.It Xo Ic broadcast Ar peer_address
+.Op Ar keyid
+.Op Ar version
+.Op Cm prefer
+.Xc
+Identical to the addpeer command, except that the operating
+mode is broadcast.
+In this case a valid key identifier and key are
+required.
+The
+.Ar peer_address
+parameter can be the broadcast
+address of the local network or a multicast group address assigned
+to NTP.
+If a multicast address, a multicast\-capable kernel is
+required.
+.It Ic unconfig Ar peer_address Oo Ar ... Oc
+This command causes the configured bit to be removed from the
+specified peer(s).
+In many cases this will cause the peer
+association to be deleted.
+When appropriate, however, the
+association may persist in an unconfigured mode if the remote peer
+is willing to continue on in this fashion.
+.It Xo Ic fudge Ar peer_address
+.Op Cm time1
+.Op Cm time2
+.Op Ar stratum
+.Op Ar refid
+.Xc
+This command provides a way to set certain data for a reference
+clock.
+See the source listing for further information.
+.It Xo Ic enable
+.Oo
+.Cm auth | Cm bclient |
+.Cm calibrate | Cm kernel |
+.Cm monitor | Cm ntp |
+.Cm pps | Cm stats
+.Oc
+.Xc
+.It Xo Ic disable
+.Oo
+.Cm auth | Cm bclient |
+.Cm calibrate | Cm kernel |
+.Cm monitor | Cm ntp |
+.Cm pps | Cm stats
+.Oc
+.Xc
+These commands operate in the same way as the
+.Ic enable
+and
+.Ic disable
+configuration file commands of
+.Xr ntpd @NTPD_MS@ .
+.Bl -tag -width indent
+.It Cm auth
+Enables the server to synchronize with unconfigured peers only
+if the peer has been correctly authenticated using either public key
+or private key cryptography.
+The default for this flag is enable.
+.It Cm bclient
+Enables the server to listen for a message from a broadcast or
+multicast server, as in the multicastclient command with
+default address.
+The default for this flag is disable.
+.It Cm calibrate
+Enables the calibrate feature for reference clocks.
+The default for this flag is disable.
+.It Cm kernel
+Enables the kernel time discipline, if available.
+The default for this flag is enable if support is available, otherwise disable.
+.It Cm monitor
+Enables the monitoring facility.
+See the documentation here about the
+.Cm monlist
+command or further information.
+The default for this flag is enable.
+.It Cm ntp
+Enables time and frequency discipline.
+In effect, this switch opens and closes the feedback loop,
+which is useful for testing.
+The default for this flag is enable.
+.It Cm pps
+Enables the pulse\-per\-second (PPS) signal when frequency
+and time is disciplined by the precision time kernel modifications.
+See the
+.Qq A Kernel Model for Precision Timekeeping
+(available as part of the HTML documentation
+provided in
+.Pa /usr/share/doc/ntp )
+page for further information.
+The default for this flag is disable.
+.It Cm stats
+Enables the statistics facility.
+See the
+.Sx Monitoring Options
+section of
+.Xr ntp.conf 5
+for further information.
+The default for this flag is disable.
+.El
+.It Xo Ic restrict Ar address Ar mask
+.Ar flag Oo Ar ... Oc
+.Xc
+This command operates in the same way as the
+.Ic restrict
+configuration file commands of
+.Xr ntpd @NTPD_MS@ .
+.It Xo Ic unrestrict Ar address Ar mask
+.Ar flag Oo Ar ... Oc
+.Xc
+Unrestrict the matching entry from the restrict list.
+.It Xo Ic delrestrict Ar address Ar mask
+.Op Cm ntpport
+.Xc
+Delete the matching entry from the restrict list.
+.It Ic readkeys
+Causes the current set of authentication keys to be purged and
+a new set to be obtained by rereading the keys file (which must
+have been specified in the
+.Xr ntpd @NTPD_MS@
+configuration file).
+This
+allows encryption keys to be changed without restarting the
+server.
+.It Ic trustedkey Ar keyid Oo Ar ... Oc
+.It Ic untrustedkey Ar keyid Oo Ar ... Oc
+These commands operate in the same way as the
+.Ic trustedkey
+and
+.Ic untrustedkey
+configuration file
+commands of
+.Xr ntpd @NTPD_MS@ .
+.It Ic authinfo
+Returns information concerning the authentication module,
+including known keys and counts of encryptions and decryptions
+which have been done.
+.It Ic traps
+Display the traps set in the server.
+See the source listing for
+further information.
+.It Xo Ic addtrap Ar address
+.Op Ar port
+.Op Ar interface
+.Xc
+Set a trap for asynchronous messages.
+See the source listing
+for further information.
+.It Xo Ic clrtrap Ar address
+.Op Ar port
+.Op Ar interface
+.Xc
+Clear a trap for asynchronous messages.
+See the source listing
+for further information.
+.It Ic reset
+Clear the statistics counters in various modules of the server.
+See the source listing for further information.
+.El
.Sh "ENVIRONMENT"
See \fBOPTION PRESETS\fP for configuration environment variables.
.Sh "FILES"
it to autogen\-users@lists.sourceforge.net. Thank you.
.El
.Sh "SEE ALSO"
-#! /bin/cat
+.Xr ntp.conf 5 ,
+.Xr ntpd @NTPD_MS@
+.Rs
+.%A David L. Mills
+.%T Network Time Protocol (Version 3)
+.%O RFC1305
+.Re
.Sh AUTHORS
-#! /bin/cat
+The formatting directives in this document came from FreeBSD.
.Sh "COPYRIGHT"
-Copyright (C) 1992\-2020 The University of Delaware and Network Time Foundation all rights reserved.
+Copyright (C) 1992\-2023 The University of Delaware and Network Time Foundation all rights reserved.
This program is released under the terms of the NTP license, <http://ntp.org/license>.
.Sh BUGS
-#! /bin/cat
+The
+.Nm
+utility is a crude hack.
+Much of the information it shows is
+deadly boring and could only be loved by its implementer.
+The
+program was designed so that new (and temporary) features were easy
+to hack in, at great expense to the program's ease of use.
+Despite
+this, the program is occasionally useful.
+.Pp
+Please report bugs to http://bugs.ntp.org .
.Pp
-Please send bug reports to: http://bugs.ntp.org, bugs@ntp.org
+Please send bug reports to: https://bugs.ntp.org, bugs@ntp.org
.Sh "NOTES"
This manual page was \fIAutoGen\fP\-erated from the \fBntpdc\fP
option definitions.
#
# EDIT THIS FILE WITH CAUTION (invoke-ntpq.texi)
#
-# It has been AutoGen-ed June 27, 2022 at 12:01:13 AM by AutoGen 5.18.5
+# It has been AutoGen-ed March 18, 2023 at 11:21:50 AM by AutoGen 5.18.16
# From the definitions ntpq-opts.def
# and the template file agtexi-cmd.tpl
@end ignore
hash ipv4
or an integer from 0 through 1
-Please send bug reports to: <http://bugs.ntp.org, bugs@@ntp.org>
+Please send bug reports to: <https://bugs.ntp.org, bugs@@ntp.org>
@end example
@exampleindent 4
hash ipv4
@end example
-or their numeric equivalent.@end itemize
+or their numeric equivalent.
+@end itemize
Set the default display format for S2+ refids.
@node ntpq unconnected
Print the program version to standard out, optionally with licensing
information, then exit 0. The optional argument specifies how much licensing
-detail to provide. The default is to print just the version. The licensing infomation may be selected with an option argument.
+detail to provide. The default is to print just the version. The licensing information may be selected with an option argument.
Only the first letter of the argument is examined:
@table @samp
/*
* EDIT THIS FILE WITH CAUTION (ntpq-opts.c)
*
- * It has been AutoGen-ed March 5, 2023 at 02:05:15 AM by AutoGen 5.18.16
+ * It has been AutoGen-ed March 18, 2023 at 11:21:44 AM by AutoGen 5.18.16
* From the definitions ntpq-opts.def
* and the template file options
*
/**
* static const strings for ntpq options
*/
-static char const ntpq_opt_strs[2067] =
+static char const ntpq_opt_strs[2068] =
/* 0 */ "ntpq 4.2.8p15\n"
"Copyright (C) 1992-2023 The University of Delaware and Network Time Foundation, all rights reserved.\n"
"This is free software. It is licensed for use, modification and\n"
/* 1999 */ "$HOME\0"
/* 2005 */ ".\0"
/* 2007 */ ".ntprc\0"
-/* 2014 */ "http://bugs.ntp.org, bugs@ntp.org\0"
-/* 2048 */ "ntpq 4.2.8p15\0"
-/* 2062 */ "hash";
+/* 2014 */ "https://bugs.ntp.org, bugs@ntp.org\0"
+/* 2049 */ "ntpq 4.2.8p15\0"
+/* 2063 */ "hash";
/**
* ipv4 option description with
/** Extra detail explaining what ntpq does. */
#define zDetail (NULL)
/** The full version string for ntpq. */
-#define zFullVersion (ntpq_opt_strs+2048)
+#define zFullVersion (ntpq_opt_strs+2049)
/* extracted from optcode.tlib near line 342 */
#if defined(ENABLE_NLS)
/* extracted from optmain.tlib near line 945 */
static char const * const names[2] = {
- ntpq_opt_strs+2062, ntpq_opt_strs+1041 };
+ ntpq_opt_strs+2063, ntpq_opt_strs+1041 };
if (pOptions <= OPTPROC_EMIT_LIMIT) {
(void) optionEnumerationVal(pOptions, pOptDesc, names, 2);
/*
* EDIT THIS FILE WITH CAUTION (ntpq-opts.h)
*
- * It has been AutoGen-ed March 5, 2023 at 02:05:14 AM by AutoGen 5.18.16
+ * It has been AutoGen-ed March 18, 2023 at 11:21:44 AM by AutoGen 5.18.16
* From the definitions ntpq-opts.def
* and the template file options
*
.ds B-Font B
.ds I-Font I
.ds R-Font R
-.TH ntpq 1ntpqman "27 Jun 2022" "4.2.8p15" "User Commands"
+.TH ntpq 1ntpqman "18 Mar 2023" "4.2.8p15" "User Commands"
.\"
.\" EDIT THIS FILE WITH CAUTION (in-mem file)
.\"
-.\" It has been AutoGen-ed June 27, 2022 at 12:01:14 AM by AutoGen 5.18.5
+.\" It has been AutoGen-ed March 18, 2023 at 11:21:52 AM by AutoGen 5.18.16
.\" From the definitions ntpq-opts.def
.\" and the template file agman-cmd.tpl
.SH NAME
.ne 2
.SH DESCRIPTION
-#! /bin/cat
+.sp \n(Ppu
+.ne 2
+
+The
+\f\*[B-Font]ntpq\fP
+utility program is used to query NTP servers to monitor NTP operations
+and performance, requesting
+information about current state and/or changes in that state.
+The program may be run either in interactive mode or controlled using
+command line arguments.
+Requests to read and write arbitrary
+variables can be assembled, with raw and pretty-printed output
+options being available.
+The
+\f\*[B-Font]ntpq\fP
+utility can also obtain and print a
+list of peers in a common format by sending multiple queries to the
+server.
+.sp \n(Ppu
+.ne 2
+
+If one or more request options is included on the command line
+when
+\f\*[B-Font]ntpq\fP
+is executed, each of the requests will be sent
+to the NTP servers running on each of the hosts given as command
+line arguments, or on localhost by default.
+If no request options
+are given,
+\f\*[B-Font]ntpq\fP
+will attempt to read commands from the
+standard input and execute these on the NTP server running on the
+first host given on the command line, again defaulting to localhost
+when no other host is specified.
+The
+\f\*[B-Font]ntpq\fP
+utility will prompt for
+commands if the standard input is a terminal device.
+.sp \n(Ppu
+.ne 2
+
+\f\*[B-Font]ntpq\fP
+uses NTP mode 6 packets to communicate with the
+NTP server, and hence can be used to query any compatible server on
+the network which permits it.
+Note that since NTP is a UDP protocol
+this communication will be somewhat unreliable, especially over
+large distances in terms of network topology.
+The
+\f\*[B-Font]ntpq\fP
+utility makes
+one attempt to retransmit requests, and will time requests out if
+the remote host is not heard from within a suitable timeout
+time.
+.sp \n(Ppu
+.ne 2
+
+Note that in contexts where a host name is expected, a
+\f\*[B-Font]\-4\f[]
+qualifier preceding the host name forces resolution to the IPv4
+namespace, while a
+\f\*[B-Font]\-6\f[]
+qualifier forces resolution to the IPv6 namespace.
+For examples and usage, see the
+\*[Lq]NTP Debugging Techniques\*[Rq]
+page.
+.sp \n(Ppu
+.ne 2
+
+Specifying a
+command line option other than
+\f\*[B-Font]\-i\f[]
+or
+\f\*[B-Font]\-n\f[]
+will
+cause the specified query (queries) to be sent to the indicated
+host(s) immediately.
+Otherwise,
+\f\*[B-Font]ntpq\fP
+will attempt to read
+interactive format commands from the standard input.
+.SS "Internal Commands"
+.sp \n(Ppu
+.ne 2
+
+Interactive format commands consist of a keyword followed by zero
+to four arguments.
+Only enough characters of the full keyword to
+uniquely identify the command need be typed.
+.sp \n(Ppu
+.ne 2
+
+A
+number of interactive format commands are executed entirely within
+the
+\f\*[B-Font]ntpq\fP
+utility itself and do not result in NTP
+requests being sent to a server.
+These are described following.
+.TP 15
+.NOP \f\*[B-Font]?\f[] [\f\*[I-Font]command\f[]]
+.br
+.ns
+.TP 15
+.NOP \f\*[B-Font]help\f[] [\f\*[I-Font]command\f[]]
+A
+\[oq]\&?\[cq]
+by itself will print a list of all the commands
+known to
+\f\*[B-Font]ntpq\fP.
+A
+\[oq]\&?\[cq]
+followed by a command name will print function and usage
+information about the command.
+.br
+.ns
+.TP 15
+.NOP \f\*[B-Font]addvars\f[] \f\*[I-Font]name\f[][\&=\f\*[I-Font]value\f[]][,...]
+.br
+.ns
+.TP 15
+.NOP \f\*[B-Font]rmvars\f[] \f\*[I-Font]name\f[][,...]
+.br
+.ns
+.TP 15
+.NOP \f\*[B-Font]clearvars\f[]
+.br
+.ns
+.TP 15
+.NOP \f\*[B-Font]showvars\f[]
+The arguments to this command consist of a list of
+items of the form
+\f\*[I-Font]name\f[][\&=\f\*[I-Font]value\f[]],
+where the
+.NOP \&=\f\*[I-Font]value\f[]
+is ignored, and can be omitted,
+in requests to the server to read variables.
+The
+\f\*[B-Font]ntpq\fP
+utility maintains an internal list in which data to be included in
+messages can be assembled, and displayed or set using the
+\f\*[B-Font]readlist\f[]
+and
+\f\*[B-Font]writelist\f[]
+commands described below.
+The
+\f\*[B-Font]addvars\f[]
+command allows variables and their optional values to be added to
+the list.
+If more than one variable is to be added, the list should
+be comma-separated and not contain white space.
+The
+\f\*[B-Font]rmvars\f[]
+command can be used to remove individual variables from the list,
+while the
+\f\*[B-Font]clearvars\f[]
+command removes all variables from the
+list.
+The
+\f\*[B-Font]showvars\f[]
+command displays the current list of optional variables.
+.br
+.ns
+.TP 15
+.NOP \f\*[B-Font]authenticate\f[] [\f\*[B-Font]yes\f[]|\f\*[B-Font]no\f[]]
+Normally
+\f\*[B-Font]ntpq\fP
+does not authenticate requests unless
+they are write requests.
+The command
+\f\*[B-Font]authenticate\f[] \f\*[B-Font]yes\f[]
+causes
+\f\*[B-Font]ntpq\fP
+to send authentication with all requests it
+makes.
+Authenticated requests causes some servers to handle
+requests slightly differently.
+The command
+\f\*[B-Font]authenticate\f[]
+causes
+\f\*[B-Font]ntpq\fP
+to display whether or not
+it is currently authenticating requests.
+.br
+.ns
+.TP 15
+.NOP \f\*[B-Font]cooked\f[]
+Causes output from query commands to be "cooked", so that
+variables which are recognized by
+\f\*[B-Font]ntpq\fP
+will have their
+values reformatted for human consumption.
+Variables which
+\f\*[B-Font]ntpq\fP
+could not decode completely are
+marked with a trailing
+\[oq]\&?\[cq].
+.br
+.ns
+.TP 15
+.NOP \f\*[B-Font]debug\f[] [\f\*[B-Font]more\f[]|\f\*[B-Font]less\f[]|\f\*[B-Font]off\f[]]
+With no argument, displays the current debug level.
+Otherwise, the debugging level is changed as indicated.
+.br
+.ns
+.TP 15
+.NOP \f\*[B-Font]delay\f[] [\f\*[I-Font]milliseconds\f[]]
+Specify a time interval to be added to timestamps included in
+requests which require authentication.
+This is used to enable
+(unreliable) server reconfiguration over long delay network paths
+or between machines whose clocks are unsynchronized.
+Actually the
+server does not now require timestamps in authenticated requests,
+so this command may be obsolete.
+Without any arguments, displays the current delay.
+.br
+.ns
+.TP 15
+.NOP \f\*[B-Font]drefid\f[] [\f\*[B-Font]hash\f[]|\f\*[B-Font]ipv4\f[]]
+Display refids as IPv4 or hash.
+Without any arguments, displays whether refids are shown as IPv4
+addresses or hashes.
+.br
+.ns
+.TP 15
+.NOP \f\*[B-Font]exit\f[]
+Exit
+\f\*[B-Font]ntpq\fP.
+.br
+.ns
+.TP 15
+.NOP \f\*[B-Font]host\f[] [\f\*[I-Font]name\f[]]
+Set the host to which future queries will be sent.
+The
+\f\*[I-Font]name\f[]
+may be either a host name or a numeric address.
+Without any arguments, displays the current host.
+.br
+.ns
+.TP 15
+.NOP \f\*[B-Font]hostnames\f[] [\f\*[B-Font]yes\f[]|\f\*[B-Font]no\f[]]
+If
+\f\*[B-Font]yes\f[]
+is specified, host names are printed in
+information displays.
+If
+\f\*[B-Font]no\f[]
+is specified, numeric
+addresses are printed instead.
+The default is
+\f\*[B-Font]yes\f[],
+unless
+modified using the command line
+\f\*[B-Font]\-n\f[]
+switch.
+Without any arguments, displays whether host names or numeric addresses
+are shown.
+.br
+.ns
+.TP 15
+.NOP \f\*[B-Font]keyid\f[] [\f\*[I-Font]keyid\f[]]
+This command allows the specification of a key number to be
+used to authenticate configuration requests.
+This must correspond
+to the
+\f\*[B-Font]controlkey\f[]
+key number the server has been configured to use for this
+purpose.
+Without any arguments, displays the current
+\f\*[I-Font]keyid\f[].
+.br
+.ns
+.TP 15
+.NOP \f\*[B-Font]keytype\f[] [\f\*[I-Font]digest\f[]]
+Specify the digest algorithm to use for authenticating requests, with default
+\f\*[B-Font]MD5\f[].
+If
+\f\*[B-Font]ntpq\fP
+was built with OpenSSL support, and OpenSSL is installed,
+\f\*[I-Font]digest\f[]
+can be any message digest algorithm supported by OpenSSL.
+If no argument is given, the current
+\f\*[B-Font]keytype\f[] \f\*[I-Font]digest\f[]
+algorithm used is displayed.
+.br
+.ns
+.TP 15
+.NOP \f\*[B-Font]ntpversion\f[] [\f\*[B-Font]1\f[]|\f\*[B-Font]2\f[]|\f\*[B-Font]3\f[]|\f\*[B-Font]4\f[]]
+Sets the NTP version number which
+\f\*[B-Font]ntpq\fP
+claims in
+packets.
+Defaults to 3, and note that mode 6 control messages (and
+modes, for that matter) didn't exist in NTP version 1.
+There appear
+to be no servers left which demand version 1.
+With no argument, displays the current NTP version that will be used
+when communicating with servers.
+.br
+.ns
+.TP 15
+.NOP \f\*[B-Font]passwd\f[]
+This command prompts you to type in a password (which will not
+be echoed) which will be used to authenticate configuration
+requests.
+The password must correspond to the key configured for
+use by the NTP server for this purpose if such requests are to be
+successful.
+.br
+.ns
+.TP 15
+.NOP \f\*[B-Font]poll\f[] [\f\*[I-Font]n\f[]] [\f\*[B-Font]verbose\f[]]
+Poll an NTP server in client mode
+\f\*[I-Font]n\f[]
+times.
+Poll not implemented yet.
+.br
+.ns
+.TP 15
+.NOP \f\*[B-Font]quit\f[]
+Exit
+\f\*[B-Font]ntpq\fP.
+.br
+.ns
+.TP 15
+.NOP \f\*[B-Font]raw\f[]
+Causes all output from query commands is printed as received
+from the remote server.
+The only formating/interpretation done on
+the data is to transform nonascii data into a printable (but barely
+understandable) form.
+.br
+.ns
+.TP 15
+.NOP \f\*[B-Font]timeout\f[] [\f\*[I-Font]milliseconds\f[]]
+Specify a timeout period for responses to server queries.
+The
+default is about 5000 milliseconds.
+Without any arguments, displays the current timeout period.
+Note that since
+\f\*[B-Font]ntpq\fP
+retries each query once after a timeout, the total waiting time for
+a timeout will be twice the timeout value set.
+.br
+.ns
+.TP 15
+.NOP \f\*[B-Font]version\f[]
+Display the version of the
+\f\*[B-Font]ntpq\fP
+program.
+.PP
+.SS "Control Message Commands"
+Association ids are used to identify system, peer and clock variables.
+System variables are assigned an association id of zero and system name
+space, while each association is assigned a nonzero association id and
+peer namespace.
+Most control commands send a single message to the server and expect a
+single response message.
+The exceptions are the
+\f\*[B-Font]peers\f[]
+command, which sends a series of messages,
+and the
+\f\*[B-Font]mreadlist\f[]
+and
+\f\*[B-Font]mreadvar\f[]
+commands, which iterate over a range of associations.
+.TP 10
+.NOP \f\*[B-Font]apeers\f[]
+Display a list of peers in the form:
+.Dl [tally]remote refid assid st t when pool reach delay offset jitter
+where the output is just like the
+\f\*[B-Font]peers\f[]
+command except that the
+\f\*[B-Font]refid\f[]
+is displayed in hex format and the association number is also displayed.
+.br
+.ns
+.TP 10
+.NOP \f\*[B-Font]associations\f[]
+Display a list of mobilized associations in the form:
+.Dl ind assid status conf reach auth condition last_event cnt
+.RS
+.IP \fB\(bu\fP 2
+.IP \fB\(bu\fP 2 \f\*[B-Font]ind\f[] \f\*[B-Font]Ta\f[] \f\*[B-Font]index\f[] \f\*[B-Font]on\f[] \f\*[B-Font]this\f[] \f\*[B-Font]list\f[]
+.IP \fB\(bu\fP 2 \f\*[B-Font]assid\f[] \f\*[B-Font]Ta\f[] \f\*[B-Font]association\f[] \f\*[B-Font]id\f[]
+.IP \fB\(bu\fP 2 \f\*[B-Font]status\f[] \f\*[B-Font]Ta\f[] \f\*[B-Font]peer\f[] \f\*[B-Font]status\f[] \f\*[B-Font]word\f[]
+.IP \fB\(bu\fP 2 \f\*[B-Font]conf\f[] \f\*[B-Font]Ta\f[] \f\*[B-Font]yes\f[]: \f\*[B-Font]No\f[] \f\*[B-Font]persistent,\f[] \f\*[B-Font]no\f[]: \f\*[B-Font]No\f[] \f\*[B-Font]ephemeral\f[]
+.IP \fB\(bu\fP 2 \f\*[B-Font]reach\f[] \f\*[B-Font]Ta\f[] \f\*[B-Font]yes\f[]: \f\*[B-Font]No\f[] \f\*[B-Font]reachable,\f[] \f\*[B-Font]no\f[]: \f\*[B-Font]No\f[] \f\*[B-Font]unreachable\f[]
+.IP \fB\(bu\fP 2 \f\*[B-Font]auth\f[] \f\*[B-Font]Ta\f[] \f\*[B-Font]ok\f[], \f\*[B-Font]yes\f[], \f\*[B-Font]bad\f[] \f\*[B-Font]No\f[] \f\*[B-Font]and\f[] \f\*[B-Font]none\f[]
+.IP \fB\(bu\fP 2 \f\*[B-Font]condition\f[] \f\*[B-Font]Ta\f[] \f\*[B-Font]selection\f[] \f\*[B-Font]status\f[] \f\*[B-Font]\&(see\f[] \f\*[B-Font]the\f[] \f\*[B-Font]select\f[] \f\*[B-Font]No\f[] \f\*[B-Font]field\f[] \f\*[B-Font]of\f[] \f\*[B-Font]the\f[] \f\*[B-Font]peer\f[] \f\*[B-Font]status\f[] \f\*[B-Font]word\&)\f[]
+.IP \fB\(bu\fP 2 \f\*[B-Font]last_event\f[] \f\*[B-Font]Ta\f[] \f\*[B-Font]event\f[] \f\*[B-Font]report\f[] \f\*[B-Font]\&(see\f[] \f\*[B-Font]the\f[] \f\*[B-Font]event\f[] \f\*[B-Font]No\f[] \f\*[B-Font]field\f[] \f\*[B-Font]of\f[] \f\*[B-Font]the\f[] \f\*[B-Font]peer\f[] \f\*[B-Font]status\f[] \f\*[B-Font]word\&)\f[]
+.IP \fB\(bu\fP 2 \f\*[B-Font]cnt\f[] \f\*[B-Font]Ta\f[] \f\*[B-Font]event\f[] \f\*[B-Font]count\f[] \f\*[B-Font]\&(see\f[] \f\*[B-Font]the\f[] \f\*[B-Font]count\f[] \f\*[B-Font]No\f[] \f\*[B-Font]field\f[] \f\*[B-Font]of\f[] \f\*[B-Font]the\f[] \f\*[B-Font]peer\f[] \f\*[B-Font]status\f[] \f\*[B-Font]word\&)\f[]
+.RE
+.br
+.ns
+.TP 10
+.NOP \f\*[B-Font]authinfo\f[]
+Display the authentication statistics counters:
+time since reset, stored keys, free keys, key lookups, keys not found,
+uncached keys, expired keys, encryptions, decryptions.
+.br
+.ns
+.TP 10
+.NOP \f\*[B-Font]clocklist\f[] [\f\*[I-Font]associd\f[]]
+.br
+.ns
+.TP 10
+.NOP \f\*[B-Font]cl\f[] [\f\*[I-Font]associd\f[]]
+Display all clock variables in the variable list for those associations
+supporting a reference clock.
+.br
+.ns
+.TP 10
+.NOP \f\*[B-Font]clockvar\f[] [\f\*[I-Font]associd\f[]] [\f\*[I-Font]name\f[][\&=\f\*[I-Font]value\f[]][] ,...]
+.br
+.ns
+.TP 10
+.NOP \f\*[B-Font]cv\f[] [\f\*[I-Font]associd\f[]] [\f\*[I-Font]name\f[][\&=\f\*[I-Font]value\f[]][] ,...]
+Display a list of clock variables for those associations supporting a
+reference clock.
+.br
+.ns
+.TP 10
+.NOP \f\*[B-Font]:config\f[] \f\*[I-Font]configuration command line\f[]
+Send the remainder of the command line, including whitespace, to the
+server as a run-time configuration command in the same format as a line
+in the configuration file.
+This command is experimental until further notice and clarification.
+Authentication is of course required.
+.br
+.ns
+.TP 10
+.NOP \f\*[B-Font]config-from-file\f[] \f\*[I-Font]filename\f[]
+Send each line of
+\f\*[I-Font]filename\f[]
+to the server as run-time configuration commands in the same format as
+lines in the configuration file.
+This command is experimental until further notice and clarification.
+Authentication is required.
+.br
+.ns
+.TP 10
+.NOP \f\*[B-Font]ifstats\f[]
+Display status and statistics counters for each local network interface address:
+interface number, interface name and address or broadcast, drop, flag,
+ttl, mc, received, sent, send failed, peers, uptime.
+Authentication is required.
+.br
+.ns
+.TP 10
+.NOP \f\*[B-Font]iostats\f[]
+Display network and reference clock I/O statistics:
+time since reset, receive buffers, free receive buffers, used receive buffers,
+low water refills, dropped packets, ignored packets, received packets,
+packets sent, packet send failures, input wakeups, useful input wakeups.
+.br
+.ns
+.TP 10
+.NOP \f\*[B-Font]kerninfo\f[]
+Display kernel loop and PPS statistics:
+associd, status, pll offset, pll frequency, maximum error,
+estimated error, kernel status, pll time constant, precision,
+frequency tolerance, pps frequency, pps stability, pps jitter,
+calibration interval, calibration cycles, jitter exceeded,
+stability exceeded, calibration errors.
+As with other ntpq output, times are in milliseconds; very small values
+may be shown as exponentials.
+The precision value displayed is in milliseconds as well, unlike the
+precision system variable.
+.br
+.ns
+.TP 10
+.NOP \f\*[B-Font]lassociations\f[]
+Perform the same function as the associations command, except display
+mobilized and unmobilized associations, including all clients.
+.br
+.ns
+.TP 10
+.NOP \f\*[B-Font]lopeers\f[] [\f\*[B-Font]\-4\f[]|\f\*[B-Font]\-6\f[]]
+Display a list of all peers and clients showing
+\f\*[B-Font]dstadr\f[]
+(associated with the given IP version).
+.br
+.ns
+.TP 10
+.NOP \f\*[B-Font]lpassociations\f[]
+Display the last obtained list of associations, including all clients.
+.br
+.ns
+.TP 10
+.NOP \f\*[B-Font]lpeers\f[] [\f\*[B-Font]\-4\f[]|\f\*[B-Font]\-6\f[]]
+Display a list of all peers and clients (associated with the given IP version).
+.br
+.ns
+.TP 10
+.NOP \f\*[B-Font]monstats\f[]
+Display monitor facility status, statistics, and limits:
+enabled, addresses, peak addresses, maximum addresses,
+reclaim above count, reclaim older than, kilobytes, maximum kilobytes.
+.br
+.ns
+.TP 10
+.NOP \f\*[B-Font]mreadlist\f[] \f\*[I-Font]associdlo\f[] \f\*[I-Font]associdhi\f[]
+.br
+.ns
+.TP 10
+.NOP \f\*[B-Font]mrl\f[] \f\*[I-Font]associdlo\f[] \f\*[I-Font]associdhi\f[]
+Perform the same function as the
+\f\*[B-Font]readlist\f[]
+command for a range of association ids.
+.br
+.ns
+.TP 10
+.NOP \f\*[B-Font]mreadvar\f[] \f\*[I-Font]associdlo\f[] \f\*[I-Font]associdhi\f[] [\f\*[I-Font]name\f[]][,...]
+This range may be determined from the list displayed by any
+command showing associations.
+.br
+.ns
+.TP 10
+.NOP \f\*[B-Font]mrv\f[] \f\*[I-Font]associdlo\f[] \f\*[I-Font]associdhi\f[] [\f\*[I-Font]name\f[]][,...]
+Perform the same function as the
+\f\*[B-Font]readvar\f[]
+command for a range of association ids.
+This range may be determined from the list displayed by any
+command showing associations.
+.br
+.ns
+.TP 10
+.NOP \f\*[B-Font]mrulist\f[] [\f\*[B-Font]limited\f[] | \f\*[B-Font]kod\f[] | \f\*[B-Font]mincount\f[]\&=\f\*[I-Font]count\f[] | \f\*[B-Font]laddr\f[]\&=\f\*[I-Font]localaddr\f[] | \f\*[B-Font]sort\f[]\&=[\&-]\f\*[I-Font]sortorder\f[] | \f\*[B-Font]resany\f[]\&=\f\*[I-Font]hexmask\f[] | \f\*[B-Font]resall\f[]\&=\f\*[I-Font]hexmask\f[]]
+Display traffic counts of the most recently seen source addresses
+collected and maintained by the monitor facility.
+With the exception of
+\f\*[B-Font]sort\f[]\&=[\&-]\f\*[I-Font]sortorder\f[],
+the options filter the list returned by
+\fCntpd\f[]\fR(8)\f[].
+The
+\f\*[B-Font]limited\f[]
+and
+\f\*[B-Font]kod\f[]
+options return only entries representing client addresses from which the
+last packet received triggered either discarding or a KoD response.
+The
+\f\*[B-Font]mincount\f[]=\f\*[I-Font]count\f[]
+option filters entries representing less than
+\f\*[I-Font]count\f[]
+packets.
+The
+\f\*[B-Font]laddr\f[]=\f\*[I-Font]localaddr\f[]
+option filters entries for packets received on any local address other than
+\f\*[I-Font]localaddr\f[].
+\f\*[B-Font]resany\f[]=\f\*[I-Font]hexmask\f[]
+and
+\f\*[B-Font]resall\f[]=\f\*[I-Font]hexmask\f[]
+filter entries containing none or less than all, respectively, of the bits in
+\f\*[I-Font]hexmask\f[],
+which must begin with
+\f\*[B-Font]0x\f[].
+The
+\f\*[I-Font]sortorder\f[]
+defaults to
+\f\*[B-Font]lstint\f[]
+and may be
+\f\*[B-Font]addr\f[],
+\f\*[B-Font]avgint\f[],
+\f\*[B-Font]count\f[],
+\f\*[B-Font]lstint\f[],
+or any of those preceded by
+\[oq]\&-\[cq]
+to reverse the sort order.
+The output columns are:
+.RS
+.TP 10
+.NOP Column
+Description
+.br
+.ns
+.TP 10
+.NOP \f\*[B-Font]lstint\f[]
+Interval in seconds between the receipt of the most recent packet from
+this address and the completion of the retrieval of the MRU list by
+\f\*[B-Font]ntpq\fP.
+.br
+.ns
+.TP 10
+.NOP \f\*[B-Font]avgint\f[]
+Average interval in s between packets from this address.
+.br
+.ns
+.TP 10
+.NOP \f\*[B-Font]rstr\f[]
+Restriction flags associated with this address.
+Most are copied unchanged from the matching
+\f\*[B-Font]restrict\f[]
+command, however 0x400 (kod) and 0x20 (limited) flags are cleared unless
+the last packet from this address triggered a rate control response.
+.br
+.ns
+.TP 10
+.NOP \f\*[B-Font]r\f[]
+Rate control indicator, either
+a period,
+\f\*[B-Font]L\f[]
+or
+\f\*[B-Font]K\f[]
+for no rate control response,
+rate limiting by discarding, or rate limiting with a KoD response, respectively.
+.br
+.ns
+.TP 10
+.NOP \f\*[B-Font]m\f[]
+Packet mode.
+.br
+.ns
+.TP 10
+.NOP \f\*[B-Font]v\f[]
+Packet version number.
+.br
+.ns
+.TP 10
+.NOP \f\*[B-Font]count\f[]
+Packets received from this address.
+.br
+.ns
+.TP 10
+.NOP \f\*[B-Font]rport\f[]
+Source port of last packet from this address.
+.br
+.ns
+.TP 10
+.NOP \f\*[B-Font]remote\f[] \f\*[B-Font]address\f[]
+host or DNS name, numeric address, or address followed by
+claimed DNS name which could not be verified in parentheses.
+.RE
+.br
+.ns
+.TP 10
+.NOP \f\*[B-Font]opeers\f[] [\f\*[B-Font]\-4\f[] | \f\*[B-Font]\-6\f[]]
+Obtain and print the old-style list of all peers and clients showing
+\f\*[B-Font]dstadr\f[]
+(associated with the given IP version),
+rather than the
+\f\*[B-Font]refid\f[].
+.br
+.ns
+.TP 10
+.NOP \f\*[B-Font]passociations\f[]
+Perform the same function as the
+\f\*[B-Font]associations\f[]
+command,
+except that it uses previously stored data rather than making a new query.
+.br
+.ns
+.TP 10
+.NOP \f\*[B-Font]peers\f[]
+Display a list of peers in the form:
+.Dl [tally]remote refid st t when pool reach delay offset jitter
+.RS
+.TP 10
+.NOP Variable
+Description
+.br
+.ns
+.TP 10
+.NOP \f\*[B-Font][tally]\f[]
+single-character code indicating current value of the
+\f\*[B-Font]select\f[]
+field of the
+.Lk decode.html#peer "peer status word"
+.br
+.ns
+.TP 10
+.NOP \f\*[B-Font]remote\f[]
+host name (or IP number) of peer.
+The value displayed will be truncated to 15 characters unless the
+\f\*[B-Font]ntpq\fP
+\f\*[B-Font]\-w\f[]
+option is given, in which case the full value will be displayed
+on the first line, and if too long,
+the remaining data will be displayed on the next line.
+.br
+.ns
+.TP 10
+.NOP \f\*[B-Font]refid\f[]
+source IP address or
+.Lk decode.html#kiss "'kiss code"
+.br
+.ns
+.TP 10
+.NOP \f\*[B-Font]st\f[]
+stratum: 0 for local reference clocks, 1 for servers with local
+reference clocks, ..., 16 for unsynchronized server clocks
+.br
+.ns
+.TP 10
+.NOP \f\*[B-Font]t\f[]
+\f\*[B-Font]u\f[]:
+unicast or manycast client,
+\f\*[B-Font]b\f[]:
+broadcast or multicast client,
+\f\*[B-Font]p\f[]:
+pool source,
+\f\*[B-Font]l\f[]:
+local (reference clock),
+\f\*[B-Font]s\f[]:
+symmetric (peer),
+\f\*[B-Font]A\f[]:
+manycast server,
+\f\*[B-Font]B\f[]:
+broadcast server,
+\f\*[B-Font]M\f[]:
+multicast server
+.br
+.ns
+.TP 10
+.NOP \f\*[B-Font]when\f[]
+time in seconds, minutes, hours, or days since the last packet
+was received, or
+\[oq]\&-\[cq]
+if a packet has never been received
+.br
+.ns
+.TP 10
+.NOP \f\*[B-Font]poll\f[]
+poll interval (s)
+.br
+.ns
+.TP 10
+.NOP \f\*[B-Font]reach\f[]
+reach shift register (octal)
+.br
+.ns
+.TP 10
+.NOP \f\*[B-Font]delay\f[]
+roundtrip delay
+.br
+.ns
+.TP 10
+.NOP \f\*[B-Font]offset\f[]
+offset of server relative to this host
+.br
+.ns
+.TP 10
+.NOP \f\*[B-Font]jitter\f[]
+offset RMS error estimate.
+.RE
+.br
+.ns
+.TP 10
+.NOP \f\*[B-Font]pstats\f[] \f\*[I-Font]associd\f[]
+Display the statistics for the peer with the given
+\f\*[I-Font]associd\f[]:
+associd, status, remote host, local address, time last received,
+time until next send, reachability change, packets sent,
+packets received, bad authentication, bogus origin, duplicate,
+bad dispersion, bad reference time, candidate order.
+.br
+.ns
+.TP 10
+.NOP \f\*[B-Font]readlist\f[] [\f\*[I-Font]associd\f[]]
+.br
+.ns
+.TP 10
+.NOP \f\*[B-Font]rl\f[] [\f\*[I-Font]associd\f[]]
+Display all system or peer variables.
+If the
+\f\*[I-Font]associd\f[]
+is omitted, it is assumed to be zero.
+.br
+.ns
+.TP 10
+.NOP \f\*[B-Font]readvar\f[] [\f\*[I-Font]associd\f[] \f\*[I-Font]name\f[][=\f\*[I-Font]value\f[]] [, ...]]
+.br
+.ns
+.TP 10
+.NOP \f\*[B-Font]rv\f[] [\f\*[I-Font]associd\f[] \f\*[I-Font]name\f[][=\f\*[I-Font]value\f[]] [, ...]]
+Display the specified system or peer variables.
+If
+\f\*[I-Font]associd\f[]
+is zero, the variables are from the
+\fISystem\f[] \fIVariables\f[]
+name space, otherwise they are from the
+\fIPeer\f[] \fIVariables\f[]
+name space.
+The
+\f\*[I-Font]associd\f[]
+is required, as the same name can occur in both spaces.
+If no
+\f\*[I-Font]name\f[]
+is included, all operative variables in the name space are displayed.
+In this case only, if the
+\f\*[I-Font]associd\f[]
+is omitted, it is assumed to be zero.
+Multiple names are specified with comma separators and without whitespace.
+Note that time values are represented in milliseconds
+and frequency values in parts-per-million (PPM).
+Some NTP timestamps are represented in the format
+\f\*[I-Font]YYYY\f[]\f\*[I-Font]MM\f[] \f\*[I-Font]DD\f[] \f\*[I-Font]TTTT\f[],
+where
+\f\*[I-Font]YYYY\f[]
+is the year,
+\f\*[I-Font]MM\f[]
+the month of year,
+\f\*[I-Font]DD\f[]
+the day of month and
+\f\*[I-Font]TTTT\f[]
+the time of day.
+.br
+.ns
+.TP 10
+.NOP \f\*[B-Font]reslist\f[]
+Display the access control (restrict) list for
+\f\*[B-Font]ntpq\fP.
+Authentication is required.
+.br
+.ns
+.TP 10
+.NOP \f\*[B-Font]saveconfig\f[] \f\*[I-Font]filename\f[]
+Save the current configuration,
+including any runtime modifications made by
+\f\*[B-Font]:config\f[]
+or
+\f\*[B-Font]config-from-file\f[],
+to the NTP server host file
+\f\*[I-Font]filename\f[].
+This command will be rejected by the server unless
+.Lk miscopt.html#saveconfigdir "saveconfigdir"
+appears in the
+\fCntpd\f[]\fR(8)\f[]
+configuration file.
+\f\*[I-Font]filename\f[]
+can use
+\fCdate\f[]\fR(1)\f[]
+format specifiers to substitute the current date and time, for
+example,
+.in +4
+\f\*[B-Font]saveconfig\f[] \fIntp-%Y%m%d-%H%M%S.conf\f[].
+.in -4
+The filename used is stored in system variable
+\f\*[B-Font]savedconfig\f[].
+Authentication is required.
+.br
+.ns
+.TP 10
+.NOP \f\*[B-Font]sysinfo\f[]
+Display system operational summary:
+associd, status, system peer, system peer mode, leap indicator,
+stratum, log2 precision, root delay, root dispersion,
+reference id, reference time, system jitter, clock jitter,
+clock wander, broadcast delay, symm. auth. delay.
+.br
+.ns
+.TP 10
+.NOP \f\*[B-Font]sysstats\f[]
+Display system uptime and packet counts maintained in the
+protocol module:
+uptime, sysstats reset, packets received, current version,
+older version, bad length or format, authentication failed,
+declined, restricted, rate limited, KoD responses,
+processed for time.
+.br
+.ns
+.TP 10
+.NOP \f\*[B-Font]timerstats\f[]
+Display interval timer counters:
+time since reset, timer overruns, calls to transmit.
+.br
+.ns
+.TP 10
+.NOP \f\*[B-Font]writelist\f[] \f\*[I-Font]associd\f[]
+Set all system or peer variables included in the variable list.
+.br
+.ns
+.TP 10
+.NOP \f\*[B-Font]writevar\f[] \f\*[I-Font]associd\f[] \f\*[I-Font]name\f[]=\f\*[I-Font]value\f[] [, ...]
+Set the specified variables in the variable list.
+If the
+\f\*[I-Font]associd\f[]
+is zero, the variables are from the
+\fISystem\f[] \fIVariables\f[]
+name space, otherwise they are from the
+\fIPeer\f[] \fIVariables\f[]
+name space.
+The
+\f\*[I-Font]associd\f[]
+is required, as the same name can occur in both spaces.
+Authentication is required.
+.PP
+.SS Status Words and Kiss Codes
+The current state of the operating program is shown
+in a set of status words
+maintained by the system.
+Status information is also available on a per-association basis.
+These words are displayed by the
+\f\*[B-Font]readlist\f[]
+and
+\f\*[B-Font]associations\f[]
+commands both in hexadecimal and in decoded short tip strings.
+The codes, tips and short explanations are documented on the
+.Lk decode.html "Event Messages and Status Words"
+page.
+The page also includes a list of system and peer messages,
+the code for the latest of which is included in the status word.
+.sp \n(Ppu
+.ne 2
+
+Information resulting from protocol machine state transitions
+is displayed using an informal set of ASCII strings called
+.Lk decode.html#kiss "kiss codes" .
+The original purpose was for kiss-o'-death (KoD) packets
+sent by the server to advise the client of an unusual condition.
+They are now displayed, when appropriate,
+in the reference identifier field in various billboards.
+.SS System Variables
+The following system variables appear in the
+\f\*[B-Font]readlist\f[]
+billboard.
+Not all variables are displayed in some configurations.
+.sp \n(Ppu
+.ne 2
+
+.TP 10
+.NOP Variable
+Description
+.br
+.ns
+.TP 10
+.NOP \f\*[B-Font]status\f[]
+.Lk decode.html#sys "system status word"
+.br
+.ns
+.TP 10
+.NOP \f\*[B-Font]version\f[]
+NTP software version and build time
+.br
+.ns
+.TP 10
+.NOP \f\*[B-Font]processor\f[]
+hardware platform and version
+.br
+.ns
+.TP 10
+.NOP \f\*[B-Font]system\f[]
+operating system and version
+.br
+.ns
+.TP 10
+.NOP \f\*[B-Font]leap\f[]
+leap warning indicator (0-3)
+.br
+.ns
+.TP 10
+.NOP \f\*[B-Font]stratum\f[]
+stratum (1-15)
+.br
+.ns
+.TP 10
+.NOP \f\*[B-Font]precision\f[]
+precision (log2 s)
+.br
+.ns
+.TP 10
+.NOP \f\*[B-Font]rootdelay\f[]
+total roundtrip delay to the primary reference clock
+.br
+.ns
+.TP 10
+.NOP \f\*[B-Font]rootdisp\f[]
+total dispersion to the primary reference clock
+.br
+.ns
+.TP 10
+.NOP \f\*[B-Font]refid\f[]
+reference id or
+.Lk decode.html#kiss "kiss code"
+.br
+.ns
+.TP 10
+.NOP \f\*[B-Font]reftime\f[]
+reference time
+.br
+.ns
+.TP 10
+.NOP \f\*[B-Font]clock\f[]
+date and time of day
+.br
+.ns
+.TP 10
+.NOP \f\*[B-Font]peer\f[]
+system peer association id
+.br
+.ns
+.TP 10
+.NOP \f\*[B-Font]tc\f[]
+time constant and poll exponent (log2 s) (3-17)
+.br
+.ns
+.TP 10
+.NOP \f\*[B-Font]mintc\f[]
+minimum time constant (log2 s) (3-10)
+.br
+.ns
+.TP 10
+.NOP \f\*[B-Font]offset\f[]
+combined offset of server relative to this host
+.br
+.ns
+.TP 10
+.NOP \f\*[B-Font]frequency\f[]
+frequency drift (PPM) relative to hardware clock
+.br
+.ns
+.TP 10
+.NOP \f\*[B-Font]sys_jitter\f[]
+combined system jitter
+.br
+.ns
+.TP 10
+.NOP \f\*[B-Font]clk_wander\f[]
+clock frequency wander (PPM)
+.br
+.ns
+.TP 10
+.NOP \f\*[B-Font]clk_jitter\f[]
+clock jitter
+.br
+.ns
+.TP 10
+.NOP \f\*[B-Font]tai\f[]
+TAI-UTC offset (s)
+.br
+.ns
+.TP 10
+.NOP \f\*[B-Font]leapsec\f[]
+NTP seconds when the next leap second is/was inserted
+.br
+.ns
+.TP 10
+.NOP \f\*[B-Font]expire\f[]
+NTP seconds when the NIST leapseconds file expires
+.PP
+The jitter and wander statistics are exponentially-weighted RMS averages.
+The system jitter is defined in the NTPv4 specification;
+the clock jitter statistic is computed by the clock discipline module.
+.sp \n(Ppu
+.ne 2
+
+When the NTPv4 daemon is compiled with the OpenSSL software library,
+additional system variables are displayed,
+including some or all of the following,
+depending on the particular Autokey dance:
+.TP 10
+.NOP Variable
+Description
+.br
+.ns
+.TP 10
+.NOP \f\*[B-Font]host\f[]
+Autokey host name for this host
+.br
+.ns
+.TP 10
+.NOP \f\*[B-Font]ident\f[]
+Autokey group name for this host
+.br
+.ns
+.TP 10
+.NOP \f\*[B-Font]flags\f[]
+host flags (see Autokey specification)
+.br
+.ns
+.TP 10
+.NOP \f\*[B-Font]digest\f[]
+OpenSSL message digest algorithm
+.br
+.ns
+.TP 10
+.NOP \f\*[B-Font]signature\f[]
+OpenSSL digest/signature scheme
+.br
+.ns
+.TP 10
+.NOP \f\*[B-Font]update\f[]
+NTP seconds at last signature update
+.br
+.ns
+.TP 10
+.NOP \f\*[B-Font]cert\f[]
+certificate subject, issuer and certificate flags
+.br
+.ns
+.TP 10
+.NOP \f\*[B-Font]until\f[]
+NTP seconds when the certificate expires
+.PP
+.SS Peer Variables
+The following peer variables appear in the
+\f\*[B-Font]readlist\f[]
+billboard for each association.
+Not all variables are displayed in some configurations.
+.sp \n(Ppu
+.ne 2
+
+.TP 10
+.NOP Variable
+Description
+.br
+.ns
+.TP 10
+.NOP \f\*[B-Font]associd\f[]
+association id
+.br
+.ns
+.TP 10
+.NOP \f\*[B-Font]status\f[]
+.Lk decode.html#peer "peer status word"
+.br
+.ns
+.TP 10
+.NOP \f\*[B-Font]srcadr\f[]
+source (remote) IP address
+.br
+.ns
+.TP 10
+.NOP \f\*[B-Font]srcport\f[]
+source (remote) port
+.br
+.ns
+.TP 10
+.NOP \f\*[B-Font]dstadr\f[]
+destination (local) IP address
+.br
+.ns
+.TP 10
+.NOP \f\*[B-Font]dstport\f[]
+destination (local) port
+.br
+.ns
+.TP 10
+.NOP \f\*[B-Font]leap\f[]
+leap indicator (0-3)
+.br
+.ns
+.TP 10
+.NOP \f\*[B-Font]stratum\f[]
+stratum (0-15)
+.br
+.ns
+.TP 10
+.NOP \f\*[B-Font]precision\f[]
+precision (log2 s)
+.br
+.ns
+.TP 10
+.NOP \f\*[B-Font]rootdelay\f[]
+total roundtrip delay to the primary reference clock
+.br
+.ns
+.TP 10
+.NOP \f\*[B-Font]rootdisp\f[]
+total root dispersion to the primary reference clock
+.br
+.ns
+.TP 10
+.NOP \f\*[B-Font]refid\f[]
+reference id or
+.Lk decode.html#kiss "kiss code"
+.br
+.ns
+.TP 10
+.NOP \f\*[B-Font]reftime\f[]
+reference time
+.br
+.ns
+.TP 10
+.NOP \f\*[B-Font]rec\f[]
+last packet received time
+.br
+.ns
+.TP 10
+.NOP \f\*[B-Font]reach\f[]
+reach register (octal)
+.br
+.ns
+.TP 10
+.NOP \f\*[B-Font]unreach\f[]
+unreach counter
+.br
+.ns
+.TP 10
+.NOP \f\*[B-Font]hmode\f[]
+host mode (1-6)
+.br
+.ns
+.TP 10
+.NOP \f\*[B-Font]pmode\f[]
+peer mode (1-5)
+.br
+.ns
+.TP 10
+.NOP \f\*[B-Font]hpoll\f[]
+host poll exponent (log2 s) (3-17)
+.br
+.ns
+.TP 10
+.NOP \f\*[B-Font]ppoll\f[]
+peer poll exponent (log2 s) (3-17)
+.br
+.ns
+.TP 10
+.NOP \f\*[B-Font]headway\f[]
+headway (see
+.Lk rate.html "Rate Management and the Kiss-o'-Death Packet" )
+.br
+.ns
+.TP 10
+.NOP \f\*[B-Font]flash\f[]
+.Lk decode.html#flash "flash status word"
+.br
+.ns
+.TP 10
+.NOP \f\*[B-Font]keyid\f[]
+symmetric key id
+.br
+.ns
+.TP 10
+.NOP \f\*[B-Font]offset\f[]
+filter offset
+.br
+.ns
+.TP 10
+.NOP \f\*[B-Font]delay\f[]
+filter delay
+.br
+.ns
+.TP 10
+.NOP \f\*[B-Font]dispersion\f[]
+filter dispersion
+.br
+.ns
+.TP 10
+.NOP \f\*[B-Font]jitter\f[]
+filter jitter
+.br
+.ns
+.TP 10
+.NOP \f\*[B-Font]bias\f[]
+unicast/broadcast bias
+.br
+.ns
+.TP 10
+.NOP \f\*[B-Font]xleave\f[]
+interleave delay (see
+.Lk xleave.html "NTP Interleaved Modes" )
+.PP
+The
+\f\*[B-Font]bias\f[]
+variable is calculated when the first broadcast packet is received
+after the calibration volley.
+It represents the offset of the broadcast subgraph relative to the
+unicast subgraph.
+The
+\f\*[B-Font]xleave\f[]
+variable appears only for the interleaved symmetric and interleaved modes.
+It represents the internal queuing, buffering and transmission delays
+for the preceding packet.
+.sp \n(Ppu
+.ne 2
+
+When the NTPv4 daemon is compiled with the OpenSSL software library,
+additional peer variables are displayed, including the following:
+.TP 10
+.NOP Variable
+Description
+.br
+.ns
+.TP 10
+.NOP \f\*[B-Font]flags\f[]
+peer flags (see Autokey specification)
+.br
+.ns
+.TP 10
+.NOP \f\*[B-Font]host\f[]
+Autokey server name
+.br
+.ns
+.TP 10
+.NOP \f\*[B-Font]flags\f[]
+peer flags (see Autokey specification)
+.br
+.ns
+.TP 10
+.NOP \f\*[B-Font]signature\f[]
+OpenSSL digest/signature scheme
+.br
+.ns
+.TP 10
+.NOP \f\*[B-Font]initsequence\f[]
+initial key id
+.br
+.ns
+.TP 10
+.NOP \f\*[B-Font]initkey\f[]
+initial key index
+.br
+.ns
+.TP 10
+.NOP \f\*[B-Font]timestamp\f[]
+Autokey signature timestamp
+.br
+.ns
+.TP 10
+.NOP \f\*[B-Font]ident\f[]
+Autokey group name for this association
+.PP
+.SS Clock Variables
+The following clock variables appear in the
+\f\*[B-Font]clocklist\f[]
+billboard for each association with a reference clock.
+Not all variables are displayed in some configurations.
+.TP 10
+.NOP Variable
+Description
+.br
+.ns
+.TP 10
+.NOP \f\*[B-Font]associd\f[]
+association id
+.br
+.ns
+.TP 10
+.NOP \f\*[B-Font]status\f[]
+.Lk decode.html#clock "clock status word"
+.br
+.ns
+.TP 10
+.NOP \f\*[B-Font]device\f[]
+device description
+.br
+.ns
+.TP 10
+.NOP \f\*[B-Font]timecode\f[]
+ASCII time code string (specific to device)
+.br
+.ns
+.TP 10
+.NOP \f\*[B-Font]poll\f[]
+poll messages sent
+.br
+.ns
+.TP 10
+.NOP \f\*[B-Font]noreply\f[]
+no reply
+.br
+.ns
+.TP 10
+.NOP \f\*[B-Font]badformat\f[]
+bad format
+.br
+.ns
+.TP 10
+.NOP \f\*[B-Font]baddata\f[]
+bad date or time
+.br
+.ns
+.TP 10
+.NOP \f\*[B-Font]fudgetime1\f[]
+fudge time 1
+.br
+.ns
+.TP 10
+.NOP \f\*[B-Font]fudgetime2\f[]
+fudge time 2
+.br
+.ns
+.TP 10
+.NOP \f\*[B-Font]stratum\f[]
+driver stratum
+.br
+.ns
+.TP 10
+.NOP \f\*[B-Font]refid\f[]
+driver reference id
+.br
+.ns
+.TP 10
+.NOP \f\*[B-Font]flags\f[]
+driver flags
+.PP
.SH "OPTIONS"
.TP
.NOP \f\*[B-Font]\-4\f[], \f\*[B-Font]\-\-ipv4\f[]
.SH "AUTHORS"
The University of Delaware and Network Time Foundation
.SH "COPYRIGHT"
-Copyright (C) 1992-2020 The University of Delaware and Network Time Foundation all rights reserved.
+Copyright (C) 1992-2023 The University of Delaware and Network Time Foundation all rights reserved.
This program is released under the terms of the NTP license, <http://ntp.org/license>.
.SH "BUGS"
-Please send bug reports to: http://bugs.ntp.org, bugs@ntp.org
+Please send bug reports to: https://bugs.ntp.org, bugs@ntp.org
.SH "NOTES"
This manual page was \fIAutoGen\fP-erated from the \fBntpq\fP
option definitions.
-.Dd June 27 2022
+.Dd March 18 2023
.Dt NTPQ 1ntpqmdoc User Commands
.Os
.\" EDIT THIS FILE WITH CAUTION (ntpq-opts.mdoc)
.\"
-.\" It has been AutoGen-ed June 27, 2022 at 12:01:11 AM by AutoGen 5.18.5
+.\" It has been AutoGen-ed March 18, 2023 at 11:21:48 AM by AutoGen 5.18.16
.\" From the definitions ntpq-opts.def
.\" and the template file agmdoc-cmd.tpl
.Sh NAME
[ host ...]
.Pp
.Sh DESCRIPTION
-#! /bin/cat
+.Pp
+The
+.Nm
+utility program is used to query NTP servers to monitor NTP operations
+and performance, requesting
+information about current state and/or changes in that state.
+The program may be run either in interactive mode or controlled using
+command line arguments.
+Requests to read and write arbitrary
+variables can be assembled, with raw and pretty\-printed output
+options being available.
+The
+.Nm
+utility can also obtain and print a
+list of peers in a common format by sending multiple queries to the
+server.
+.Pp
+If one or more request options is included on the command line
+when
+.Nm
+is executed, each of the requests will be sent
+to the NTP servers running on each of the hosts given as command
+line arguments, or on localhost by default.
+If no request options
+are given,
+.Nm
+will attempt to read commands from the
+standard input and execute these on the NTP server running on the
+first host given on the command line, again defaulting to localhost
+when no other host is specified.
+The
+.Nm
+utility will prompt for
+commands if the standard input is a terminal device.
+.Pp
+.Nm
+uses NTP mode 6 packets to communicate with the
+NTP server, and hence can be used to query any compatible server on
+the network which permits it.
+Note that since NTP is a UDP protocol
+this communication will be somewhat unreliable, especially over
+large distances in terms of network topology.
+The
+.Nm
+utility makes
+one attempt to retransmit requests, and will time requests out if
+the remote host is not heard from within a suitable timeout
+time.
+.Pp
+Note that in contexts where a host name is expected, a
+.Fl 4
+qualifier preceding the host name forces resolution to the IPv4
+namespace, while a
+.Fl 6
+qualifier forces resolution to the IPv6 namespace.
+For examples and usage, see the
+.Dq NTP Debugging Techniques
+page.
+.Pp
+Specifying a
+command line option other than
+.Fl i
+or
+.Fl n
+will
+cause the specified query (queries) to be sent to the indicated
+host(s) immediately.
+Otherwise,
+.Nm
+will attempt to read
+interactive format commands from the standard input.
+.Ss "Internal Commands"
+.Pp
+Interactive format commands consist of a keyword followed by zero
+to four arguments.
+Only enough characters of the full keyword to
+uniquely identify the command need be typed.
+.Pp
+A
+number of interactive format commands are executed entirely within
+the
+.Nm
+utility itself and do not result in NTP
+requests being sent to a server.
+These are described following.
+.Bl -tag -width "help [command]" -compact -offset indent
+.It Ic ? Op Ar command
+.It Ic help Op Ar command
+A
+.Ql \&?
+by itself will print a list of all the commands
+known to
+.Nm .
+A
+.Ql \&?
+followed by a command name will print function and usage
+information about the command.
+.It Ic addvars Ar name Ns Oo \&= Ns Ar value Oc Ns Op ,...
+.It Ic rmvars Ar name Ns Op ,...
+.It Ic clearvars
+.It Ic showvars
+The arguments to this command consist of a list of
+items of the form
+.Ar name Ns Op \&= Ns Ar value ,
+where the
+.No \&= Ns Ar value
+is ignored, and can be omitted,
+in requests to the server to read variables.
+The
+.Nm
+utility maintains an internal list in which data to be included in
+messages can be assembled, and displayed or set using the
+.Ic readlist
+and
+.Ic writelist
+commands described below.
+The
+.Ic addvars
+command allows variables and their optional values to be added to
+the list.
+If more than one variable is to be added, the list should
+be comma\-separated and not contain white space.
+The
+.Ic rmvars
+command can be used to remove individual variables from the list,
+while the
+.Ic clearvars
+command removes all variables from the
+list.
+The
+.Ic showvars
+command displays the current list of optional variables.
+.It Ic authenticate Op Cm yes Ns | Ns Cm no
+Normally
+.Nm
+does not authenticate requests unless
+they are write requests.
+The command
+.Ic authenticate Cm yes
+causes
+.Nm
+to send authentication with all requests it
+makes.
+Authenticated requests causes some servers to handle
+requests slightly differently.
+The command
+.Ic authenticate
+causes
+.Nm
+to display whether or not
+it is currently authenticating requests.
+.It Ic cooked
+Causes output from query commands to be "cooked", so that
+variables which are recognized by
+.Nm
+will have their
+values reformatted for human consumption.
+Variables which
+.Nm
+could not decode completely are
+marked with a trailing
+.Ql \&? .
+.It Ic debug Op Cm more Ns | Ns Cm less Ns | Ns Cm off
+With no argument, displays the current debug level.
+Otherwise, the debugging level is changed as indicated.
+.It Ic delay Op Ar milliseconds
+Specify a time interval to be added to timestamps included in
+requests which require authentication.
+This is used to enable
+(unreliable) server reconfiguration over long delay network paths
+or between machines whose clocks are unsynchronized.
+Actually the
+server does not now require timestamps in authenticated requests,
+so this command may be obsolete.
+Without any arguments, displays the current delay.
+.It Ic drefid Op Cm hash Ns | Ns Cm ipv4
+Display refids as IPv4 or hash.
+Without any arguments, displays whether refids are shown as IPv4
+addresses or hashes.
+.It Ic exit
+Exit
+.Nm .
+.It Ic host Op Ar name
+Set the host to which future queries will be sent.
+The
+.Ar name
+may be either a host name or a numeric address.
+Without any arguments, displays the current host.
+.It Ic hostnames Op Cm yes Ns | Ns Cm no
+If
+.Cm yes
+is specified, host names are printed in
+information displays.
+If
+.Cm no
+is specified, numeric
+addresses are printed instead.
+The default is
+.Cm yes ,
+unless
+modified using the command line
+.Fl n
+switch.
+Without any arguments, displays whether host names or numeric addresses
+are shown.
+.It Ic keyid Op Ar keyid
+This command allows the specification of a key number to be
+used to authenticate configuration requests.
+This must correspond
+to the
+.Cm controlkey
+key number the server has been configured to use for this
+purpose.
+Without any arguments, displays the current
+.Ar keyid .
+.It Ic keytype Op Ar digest
+Specify the digest algorithm to use for authenticating requests, with default
+.Cm MD5 .
+If
+.Nm
+was built with OpenSSL support, and OpenSSL is installed,
+.Ar digest
+can be any message digest algorithm supported by OpenSSL.
+If no argument is given, the current
+.Ic keytype Ar digest
+algorithm used is displayed.
+.It Ic ntpversion Op Cm 1 Ns | Ns Cm 2 Ns | Ns Cm 3 Ns | Ns Cm 4
+Sets the NTP version number which
+.Nm
+claims in
+packets.
+Defaults to 3, and note that mode 6 control messages (and
+modes, for that matter) didn't exist in NTP version 1.
+There appear
+to be no servers left which demand version 1.
+With no argument, displays the current NTP version that will be used
+when communicating with servers.
+.It Ic passwd
+This command prompts you to type in a password (which will not
+be echoed) which will be used to authenticate configuration
+requests.
+The password must correspond to the key configured for
+use by the NTP server for this purpose if such requests are to be
+successful.
+.It Ic poll Oo Ar n Oc Op Cm verbose
+Poll an NTP server in client mode
+.Ar n
+times.
+Poll not implemented yet.
+.It Ic quit
+Exit
+.Nm .
+.It Ic raw
+Causes all output from query commands is printed as received
+from the remote server.
+The only formating/interpretation done on
+the data is to transform nonascii data into a printable (but barely
+understandable) form.
+.It Ic timeout Op Ar milliseconds
+Specify a timeout period for responses to server queries.
+The
+default is about 5000 milliseconds.
+Without any arguments, displays the current timeout period.
+Note that since
+.Nm
+retries each query once after a timeout, the total waiting time for
+a timeout will be twice the timeout value set.
+.It Ic version
+Display the version of the
+.Nm
+program.
+.El
+.Ss "Control Message Commands"
+Association ids are used to identify system, peer and clock variables.
+System variables are assigned an association id of zero and system name
+space, while each association is assigned a nonzero association id and
+peer namespace.
+Most control commands send a single message to the server and expect a
+single response message.
+The exceptions are the
+.Ic peers
+command, which sends a series of messages,
+and the
+.Ic mreadlist
+and
+.Ic mreadvar
+commands, which iterate over a range of associations.
+.Bl -tag -width "something" -compact -offset indent
+.It Ic apeers
+Display a list of peers in the form:
+.Dl [tally]remote refid assid st t when pool reach delay offset jitter
+where the output is just like the
+.Ic peers
+command except that the
+.Cm refid
+is displayed in hex format and the association number is also displayed.
+.It Ic associations
+Display a list of mobilized associations in the form:
+.Dl ind assid status conf reach auth condition last_event cnt
+.Bl -column -offset indent ".Sy Variable" "see the select field of the peer status word"
+.It Sy Variable Ta Sy Description
+.It Cm ind Ta index on this list
+.It Cm assid Ta association id
+.It Cm status Ta peer status word
+.It Cm conf Ta Cm yes : No persistent, Cm no : No ephemeral
+.It Cm reach Ta Cm yes : No reachable, Cm no : No unreachable
+.It Cm auth Ta Cm ok , Cm yes , Cm bad No and Cm none
+.It Cm condition Ta selection status \&(see the Cm select No field of the peer status word\&)
+.It Cm last_event Ta event report \&(see the Cm event No field of the peer status word\&)
+.It Cm cnt Ta event count \&(see the Cm count No field of the peer status word\&)
+.El
+.It Ic authinfo
+Display the authentication statistics counters:
+time since reset, stored keys, free keys, key lookups, keys not found,
+uncached keys, expired keys, encryptions, decryptions.
+.It Ic clocklist Op Ar associd
+.It Ic cl Op Ar associd
+Display all clock variables in the variable list for those associations
+supporting a reference clock.
+.It Ic clockvar Oo Ar associd Oc Oo Ar name Ns Oo \&= Ns Ar value Oc Ns Oc Ns Op ,...
+.It Ic cv Oo Ar associd Oc Oo Ar name Ns Oo \&= Ns Ar value Oc Ns Oc Ns Op ,...
+Display a list of clock variables for those associations supporting a
+reference clock.
+.It Ic :config Ar "configuration command line"
+Send the remainder of the command line, including whitespace, to the
+server as a run\-time configuration command in the same format as a line
+in the configuration file.
+This command is experimental until further notice and clarification.
+Authentication is of course required.
+.It Ic config\-from\-file Ar filename
+Send each line of
+.Ar filename
+to the server as run\-time configuration commands in the same format as
+lines in the configuration file.
+This command is experimental until further notice and clarification.
+Authentication is required.
+.It Ic ifstats
+Display status and statistics counters for each local network interface address:
+interface number, interface name and address or broadcast, drop, flag,
+ttl, mc, received, sent, send failed, peers, uptime.
+Authentication is required.
+.It Ic iostats
+Display network and reference clock I/O statistics:
+time since reset, receive buffers, free receive buffers, used receive buffers,
+low water refills, dropped packets, ignored packets, received packets,
+packets sent, packet send failures, input wakeups, useful input wakeups.
+.It Ic kerninfo
+Display kernel loop and PPS statistics:
+associd, status, pll offset, pll frequency, maximum error,
+estimated error, kernel status, pll time constant, precision,
+frequency tolerance, pps frequency, pps stability, pps jitter,
+calibration interval, calibration cycles, jitter exceeded,
+stability exceeded, calibration errors.
+As with other ntpq output, times are in milliseconds; very small values
+may be shown as exponentials.
+The precision value displayed is in milliseconds as well, unlike the
+precision system variable.
+.It Ic lassociations
+Perform the same function as the associations command, except display
+mobilized and unmobilized associations, including all clients.
+.It Ic lopeers Op Fl 4 Ns | Ns Fl 6
+Display a list of all peers and clients showing
+.Cm dstadr
+(associated with the given IP version).
+.It Ic lpassociations
+Display the last obtained list of associations, including all clients.
+.It Ic lpeers Op Fl 4 Ns | Ns Fl 6
+Display a list of all peers and clients (associated with the given IP version).
+.It Ic monstats
+Display monitor facility status, statistics, and limits:
+enabled, addresses, peak addresses, maximum addresses,
+reclaim above count, reclaim older than, kilobytes, maximum kilobytes.
+.It Ic mreadlist Ar associdlo Ar associdhi
+.It Ic mrl Ar associdlo Ar associdhi
+Perform the same function as the
+.Ic readlist
+command for a range of association ids.
+.It Ic mreadvar Ar associdlo Ar associdhi Oo Ar name Oc Ns Op ,...
+This range may be determined from the list displayed by any
+command showing associations.
+.It Ic mrv Ar associdlo Ar associdhi Oo Ar name Oc Ns Op ,...
+Perform the same function as the
+.Ic readvar
+command for a range of association ids.
+This range may be determined from the list displayed by any
+command showing associations.
+.It Xo Ic mrulist Oo Cm limited | Cm kod | Cm mincount Ns \&= Ns Ar count |
+.Cm laddr Ns \&= Ns Ar localaddr | Cm sort Ns \&= Ns Oo \&\- Oc Ns Ar sortorder |
+.Cm resany Ns \&= Ns Ar hexmask | Cm resall Ns \&= Ns Ar hexmask Oc
+.Xc
+Display traffic counts of the most recently seen source addresses
+collected and maintained by the monitor facility.
+With the exception of
+.Cm sort Ns \&= Ns Oo \&\- Oc Ns Ar sortorder ,
+the options filter the list returned by
+.Xr ntpd 8 .
+The
+.Cm limited
+and
+.Cm kod
+options return only entries representing client addresses from which the
+last packet received triggered either discarding or a KoD response.
+The
+.Cm mincount Ns = Ns Ar count
+option filters entries representing less than
+.Ar count
+packets.
+The
+.Cm laddr Ns = Ns Ar localaddr
+option filters entries for packets received on any local address other than
+.Ar localaddr .
+.Cm resany Ns = Ns Ar hexmask
+and
+.Cm resall Ns = Ns Ar hexmask
+filter entries containing none or less than all, respectively, of the bits in
+.Ar hexmask ,
+which must begin with
+.Cm 0x .
+The
+.Ar sortorder
+defaults to
+.Cm lstint
+and may be
+.Cm addr ,
+.Cm avgint ,
+.Cm count ,
+.Cm lstint ,
+or any of those preceded by
+.Ql \&\-
+to reverse the sort order.
+The output columns are:
+.Bl -tag -width "something" -compact -offset indent
+.It Column
+Description
+.It Ic lstint
+Interval in seconds between the receipt of the most recent packet from
+this address and the completion of the retrieval of the MRU list by
+.Nm .
+.It Ic avgint
+Average interval in s between packets from this address.
+.It Ic rstr
+Restriction flags associated with this address.
+Most are copied unchanged from the matching
+.Ic restrict
+command, however 0x400 (kod) and 0x20 (limited) flags are cleared unless
+the last packet from this address triggered a rate control response.
+.It Ic r
+Rate control indicator, either
+a period,
+.Ic L
+or
+.Ic K
+for no rate control response,
+rate limiting by discarding, or rate limiting with a KoD response, respectively.
+.It Ic m
+Packet mode.
+.It Ic v
+Packet version number.
+.It Ic count
+Packets received from this address.
+.It Ic rport
+Source port of last packet from this address.
+.It Ic remote address
+host or DNS name, numeric address, or address followed by
+claimed DNS name which could not be verified in parentheses.
+.El
+.It Ic opeers Op Fl 4 | Fl 6
+Obtain and print the old\-style list of all peers and clients showing
+.Cm dstadr
+(associated with the given IP version),
+rather than the
+.Cm refid .
+.It Ic passociations
+Perform the same function as the
+.Ic associations
+command,
+except that it uses previously stored data rather than making a new query.
+.It Ic peers
+Display a list of peers in the form:
+.Dl [tally]remote refid st t when pool reach delay offset jitter
+.Bl -tag -width "something" -compact -offset indent
+.It Variable
+Description
+.It Cm [tally]
+single\-character code indicating current value of the
+.Ic select
+field of the
+.Lk decode.html#peer "peer status word"
+.It Cm remote
+host name (or IP number) of peer.
+The value displayed will be truncated to 15 characters unless the
+.Nm
+.Fl w
+option is given, in which case the full value will be displayed
+on the first line, and if too long,
+the remaining data will be displayed on the next line.
+.It Cm refid
+source IP address or
+.Lk decode.html#kiss "'kiss code"
+.It Cm st
+stratum: 0 for local reference clocks, 1 for servers with local
+reference clocks, ..., 16 for unsynchronized server clocks
+.It Cm t
+.Ic u :
+unicast or manycast client,
+.Ic b :
+broadcast or multicast client,
+.Ic p :
+pool source,
+.Ic l :
+local (reference clock),
+.Ic s :
+symmetric (peer),
+.Ic A :
+manycast server,
+.Ic B :
+broadcast server,
+.Ic M :
+multicast server
+.It Cm when
+time in seconds, minutes, hours, or days since the last packet
+was received, or
+.Ql \&\-
+if a packet has never been received
+.It Cm poll
+poll interval (s)
+.It Cm reach
+reach shift register (octal)
+.It Cm delay
+roundtrip delay
+.It Cm offset
+offset of server relative to this host
+.It Cm jitter
+offset RMS error estimate.
+.El
+.It Ic pstats Ar associd
+Display the statistics for the peer with the given
+.Ar associd :
+associd, status, remote host, local address, time last received,
+time until next send, reachability change, packets sent,
+packets received, bad authentication, bogus origin, duplicate,
+bad dispersion, bad reference time, candidate order.
+.It Ic readlist Op Ar associd
+.It Ic rl Op Ar associd
+Display all system or peer variables.
+If the
+.Ar associd
+is omitted, it is assumed to be zero.
+.It Ic readvar Op Ar associd Ar name Ns Oo Ns = Ns Ar value Oc Op , ...
+.It Ic rv Op Ar associd Ar name Ns Oo Ns = Ns Ar value Oc Op , ...
+Display the specified system or peer variables.
+If
+.Ar associd
+is zero, the variables are from the
+.Sx System Variables
+name space, otherwise they are from the
+.Sx Peer Variables
+name space.
+The
+.Ar associd
+is required, as the same name can occur in both spaces.
+If no
+.Ar name
+is included, all operative variables in the name space are displayed.
+In this case only, if the
+.Ar associd
+is omitted, it is assumed to be zero.
+Multiple names are specified with comma separators and without whitespace.
+Note that time values are represented in milliseconds
+and frequency values in parts\-per\-million (PPM).
+Some NTP timestamps are represented in the format
+.Ar YYYY Ns Ar MM Ar DD Ar TTTT ,
+where
+.Ar YYYY
+is the year,
+.Ar MM
+the month of year,
+.Ar DD
+the day of month and
+.Ar TTTT
+the time of day.
+.It Ic reslist
+Display the access control (restrict) list for
+.Nm .
+Authentication is required.
+.It Ic saveconfig Ar filename
+Save the current configuration,
+including any runtime modifications made by
+.Ic :config
+or
+.Ic config\-from\-file ,
+to the NTP server host file
+.Ar filename .
+This command will be rejected by the server unless
+.Lk miscopt.html#saveconfigdir "saveconfigdir"
+appears in the
+.Xr ntpd 8
+configuration file.
+.Ar filename
+can use
+.Xr date 1
+format specifiers to substitute the current date and time, for
+example,
+.D1 Ic saveconfig Pa ntp\-%Y%m%d\-%H%M%S.conf .
+The filename used is stored in system variable
+.Cm savedconfig .
+Authentication is required.
+.It Ic sysinfo
+Display system operational summary:
+associd, status, system peer, system peer mode, leap indicator,
+stratum, log2 precision, root delay, root dispersion,
+reference id, reference time, system jitter, clock jitter,
+clock wander, broadcast delay, symm. auth. delay.
+.It Ic sysstats
+Display system uptime and packet counts maintained in the
+protocol module:
+uptime, sysstats reset, packets received, current version,
+older version, bad length or format, authentication failed,
+declined, restricted, rate limited, KoD responses,
+processed for time.
+.It Ic timerstats
+Display interval timer counters:
+time since reset, timer overruns, calls to transmit.
+.It Ic writelist Ar associd
+Set all system or peer variables included in the variable list.
+.It Ic writevar Ar associd Ar name Ns = Ns Ar value Op , ...
+Set the specified variables in the variable list.
+If the
+.Ar associd
+is zero, the variables are from the
+.Sx System Variables
+name space, otherwise they are from the
+.Sx Peer Variables
+name space.
+The
+.Ar associd
+is required, as the same name can occur in both spaces.
+Authentication is required.
+.El
+.Ss Status Words and Kiss Codes
+The current state of the operating program is shown
+in a set of status words
+maintained by the system.
+Status information is also available on a per\-association basis.
+These words are displayed by the
+.Ic readlist
+and
+.Ic associations
+commands both in hexadecimal and in decoded short tip strings.
+The codes, tips and short explanations are documented on the
+.Lk decode.html "Event Messages and Status Words"
+page.
+The page also includes a list of system and peer messages,
+the code for the latest of which is included in the status word.
+.Pp
+Information resulting from protocol machine state transitions
+is displayed using an informal set of ASCII strings called
+.Lk decode.html#kiss "kiss codes" .
+The original purpose was for kiss\-o'\-death (KoD) packets
+sent by the server to advise the client of an unusual condition.
+They are now displayed, when appropriate,
+in the reference identifier field in various billboards.
+.Ss System Variables
+The following system variables appear in the
+.Ic readlist
+billboard.
+Not all variables are displayed in some configurations.
+.Pp
+.Bl -tag -width "something" -compact -offset indent
+.It Variable
+Description
+.It Cm status
+.Lk decode.html#sys "system status word"
+.It Cm version
+NTP software version and build time
+.It Cm processor
+hardware platform and version
+.It Cm system
+operating system and version
+.It Cm leap
+leap warning indicator (0\-3)
+.It Cm stratum
+stratum (1\-15)
+.It Cm precision
+precision (log2 s)
+.It Cm rootdelay
+total roundtrip delay to the primary reference clock
+.It Cm rootdisp
+total dispersion to the primary reference clock
+.It Cm refid
+reference id or
+.Lk decode.html#kiss "kiss code"
+.It Cm reftime
+reference time
+.It Ic clock
+date and time of day
+.It Cm peer
+system peer association id
+.It Cm tc
+time constant and poll exponent (log2 s) (3\-17)
+.It Cm mintc
+minimum time constant (log2 s) (3\-10)
+.It Cm offset
+combined offset of server relative to this host
+.It Cm frequency
+frequency drift (PPM) relative to hardware clock
+.It Cm sys_jitter
+combined system jitter
+.It Cm clk_wander
+clock frequency wander (PPM)
+.It Cm clk_jitter
+clock jitter
+.It Cm tai
+TAI\-UTC offset (s)
+.It Cm leapsec
+NTP seconds when the next leap second is/was inserted
+.It Cm expire
+NTP seconds when the NIST leapseconds file expires
+.El
+The jitter and wander statistics are exponentially\-weighted RMS averages.
+The system jitter is defined in the NTPv4 specification;
+the clock jitter statistic is computed by the clock discipline module.
+.Pp
+When the NTPv4 daemon is compiled with the OpenSSL software library,
+additional system variables are displayed,
+including some or all of the following,
+depending on the particular Autokey dance:
+.Bl -tag -width "something" -compact -offset indent
+.It Variable
+Description
+.It Cm host
+Autokey host name for this host
+.It Cm ident
+Autokey group name for this host
+.It Cm flags
+host flags (see Autokey specification)
+.It Cm digest
+OpenSSL message digest algorithm
+.It Cm signature
+OpenSSL digest/signature scheme
+.It Cm update
+NTP seconds at last signature update
+.It Cm cert
+certificate subject, issuer and certificate flags
+.It Cm until
+NTP seconds when the certificate expires
+.El
+.Ss Peer Variables
+The following peer variables appear in the
+.Ic readlist
+billboard for each association.
+Not all variables are displayed in some configurations.
+.Pp
+.Bl -tag -width "something" -compact -offset indent
+.It Variable
+Description
+.It Cm associd
+association id
+.It Cm status
+.Lk decode.html#peer "peer status word"
+.It Cm srcadr
+source (remote) IP address
+.It Cm srcport
+source (remote) port
+.It Cm dstadr
+destination (local) IP address
+.It Cm dstport
+destination (local) port
+.It Cm leap
+leap indicator (0\-3)
+.It Cm stratum
+stratum (0\-15)
+.It Cm precision
+precision (log2 s)
+.It Cm rootdelay
+total roundtrip delay to the primary reference clock
+.It Cm rootdisp
+total root dispersion to the primary reference clock
+.It Cm refid
+reference id or
+.Lk decode.html#kiss "kiss code"
+.It Cm reftime
+reference time
+.It Cm rec
+last packet received time
+.It Cm reach
+reach register (octal)
+.It Cm unreach
+unreach counter
+.It Cm hmode
+host mode (1\-6)
+.It Cm pmode
+peer mode (1\-5)
+.It Cm hpoll
+host poll exponent (log2 s) (3\-17)
+.It Cm ppoll
+peer poll exponent (log2 s) (3\-17)
+.It Cm headway
+headway (see
+.Lk rate.html "Rate Management and the Kiss\-o'\-Death Packet" )
+.It Cm flash
+.Lk decode.html#flash "flash status word"
+.It Cm keyid
+symmetric key id
+.It Cm offset
+filter offset
+.It Cm delay
+filter delay
+.It Cm dispersion
+filter dispersion
+.It Cm jitter
+filter jitter
+.It Cm bias
+unicast/broadcast bias
+.It Cm xleave
+interleave delay (see
+.Lk xleave.html "NTP Interleaved Modes" )
+.El
+The
+.Cm bias
+variable is calculated when the first broadcast packet is received
+after the calibration volley.
+It represents the offset of the broadcast subgraph relative to the
+unicast subgraph.
+The
+.Cm xleave
+variable appears only for the interleaved symmetric and interleaved modes.
+It represents the internal queuing, buffering and transmission delays
+for the preceding packet.
+.Pp
+When the NTPv4 daemon is compiled with the OpenSSL software library,
+additional peer variables are displayed, including the following:
+.Bl -tag -width "something" -compact -offset indent
+.It Variable
+Description
+.It Cm flags
+peer flags (see Autokey specification)
+.It Cm host
+Autokey server name
+.It Cm flags
+peer flags (see Autokey specification)
+.It Cm signature
+OpenSSL digest/signature scheme
+.It Cm initsequence
+initial key id
+.It Cm initkey
+initial key index
+.It Cm timestamp
+Autokey signature timestamp
+.It Cm ident
+Autokey group name for this association
+.El
+.Ss Clock Variables
+The following clock variables appear in the
+.Ic clocklist
+billboard for each association with a reference clock.
+Not all variables are displayed in some configurations.
+.Bl -tag -width "something" -compact -offset indent
+.It Variable
+Description
+.It Cm associd
+association id
+.It Cm status
+.Lk decode.html#clock "clock status word"
+.It Cm device
+device description
+.It Cm timecode
+ASCII time code string (specific to device)
+.It Cm poll
+poll messages sent
+.It Cm noreply
+no reply
+.It Cm badformat
+bad format
+.It Cm baddata
+bad date or time
+.It Cm fudgetime1
+fudge time 1
+.It Cm fudgetime2
+fudge time 2
+.It Cm stratum
+driver stratum
+.It Cm refid
+driver reference id
+.It Cm flags
+driver flags
+.El
.Sh "OPTIONS"
.Bl -tag
.It Fl 4 , Fl \-ipv4
.Sh "AUTHORS"
The University of Delaware and Network Time Foundation
.Sh "COPYRIGHT"
-Copyright (C) 1992\-2020 The University of Delaware and Network Time Foundation all rights reserved.
+Copyright (C) 1992\-2023 The University of Delaware and Network Time Foundation all rights reserved.
This program is released under the terms of the NTP license, <http://ntp.org/license>.
.Sh "BUGS"
-Please send bug reports to: http://bugs.ntp.org, bugs@ntp.org
+Please send bug reports to: https://bugs.ntp.org, bugs@ntp.org
.Sh "NOTES"
This manual page was \fIAutoGen\fP\-erated from the \fBntpq\fP
option definitions.
</td></tr>
<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#ntpq-refid" accesskey="9">ntpq refid</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">
</td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#ntpq-unconnected">ntpq unconnected</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">
+</td></tr>
<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#ntpq-wide">ntpq wide</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">
</td></tr>
<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#ntpq-config">ntpq config</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">
</td></tr>
<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#ntpq-refid" accesskey="9">ntpq refid</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">refid option (-r)
</td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#ntpq-unconnected">ntpq unconnected</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">unconnected option (-u)
+</td></tr>
<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#ntpq-wide">ntpq wide</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">wide option (-w)
</td></tr>
<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#ntpq-config">ntpq config</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">presetting/configuring ntpq
with a status code of 0.
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">ntpq - standard NTP query program - Ver. 4.2.8p14
+<pre class="example">ntpq - standard NTP query program - Ver. 4.2.8p15
Usage: ntpq [ -<flag> [<val>] | --<name>[{=| }<val>] ]... [ host ...]
Flg Arg Option-Name Description
-4 no ipv4 Force IPv4 name resolution
-p no peers Print a list of the peers
- prohibits the option 'interactive'
-r KWd refid Set default display type for S2+ refids
+ -u no unconnected Use unconnected UDP to communicate with ntpd (default on Windows)
-w no wide Display the full 'remote' value
opt version output version information and exit
-? no help display extended usage information and exit
hash ipv4
or an integer from 0 through 1
-Please send bug reports to: <http://bugs.ntp.org, bugs@ntp.org>
+Please send bug reports to: <https://bugs.ntp.org, bugs@ntp.org>
</pre></div>
<hr>
<a name="ntpq-refid"></a>
<div class="header">
<p>
-Next: <a href="#ntpq-
wide" accesskey="n" rel="next">ntpq wide</a>, Previous: <a href="#ntpq-peers" accesskey="p" rel="prev">ntpq peers</a>, Up: <a href="#ntpq-Invocation" accesskey="u" rel="up">ntpq Invocation</a> </p>
+Next: <a href="#ntpq-
unconnected" accesskey="n" rel="next">ntpq unconnected</a>, Previous: <a href="#ntpq-peers" accesskey="p" rel="prev">ntpq peers</a>, Up: <a href="#ntpq-Invocation" accesskey="u" rel="up">ntpq Invocation</a> </p>
</div>
<a name="refid-option-_0028_002dr_0029"></a>
<h4 class="subsection">1.1.10 refid option (-r)</h4>
<pre class="example"> hash ipv4
</pre></div>
-<p>or their numeric equivalent.</p></li></ul>
+<p>or their numeric equivalent.
+</p></li></ul>
<p>Set the default display format for S2+ refids.
</p><hr>
+<a name="ntpq-unconnected"></a>
+<div class="header">
+<p>
+Next: <a href="#ntpq-wide" accesskey="n" rel="next">ntpq wide</a>, Previous: <a href="#ntpq-refid" accesskey="p" rel="prev">ntpq refid</a>, Up: <a href="#ntpq-Invocation" accesskey="u" rel="up">ntpq Invocation</a> </p>
+</div>
+<a name="unconnected-option-_0028_002du_0029"></a>
+<h4 class="subsection">1.1.11 unconnected option (-u)</h4>
+<a name="index-ntpq_002dunconnected"></a>
+
+<p>This is the “use unconnected udp to communicate with ntpd (default on windows)” option.
+Open an unconnected UDP association to ntpd (the default
+on Windows).
+</p><hr>
<a name="ntpq-wide"></a>
<div class="header">
<p>
-Next: <a href="#ntpq-config" accesskey="n" rel="next">ntpq config</a>, Previous: <a href="#ntpq-
refid" accesskey="p" rel="prev">ntpq refid</a>, Up: <a href="#ntpq-Invocation" accesskey="u" rel="up">ntpq Invocation</a> </p>
+Next: <a href="#ntpq-config" accesskey="n" rel="next">ntpq config</a>, Previous: <a href="#ntpq-
unconnected" accesskey="p" rel="prev">ntpq unconnected</a>, Up: <a href="#ntpq-Invocation" accesskey="u" rel="up">ntpq Invocation</a> </p>
</div>
<a name="wide-option-_0028_002dw_0029"></a>
-<h4 class="subsection">1.1.11 wide option (-w)</h4>
+<h4 class="subsection">1.1.12 wide option (-w)</h4>
<a name="index-ntpq_002dwide"></a>
<p>This is the “display the full ’remote’ value” option.
Next: <a href="#ntpq-exit-status" accesskey="n" rel="next">ntpq exit status</a>, Previous: <a href="#ntpq-wide" accesskey="p" rel="prev">ntpq wide</a>, Up: <a href="#ntpq-Invocation" accesskey="u" rel="up">ntpq Invocation</a> </p>
</div>
<a name="presetting_002fconfiguring-ntpq"></a>
-<h4 class="subsection">1.1.12 presetting/configuring ntpq</h4>
+<h4 class="subsection">1.1.13 presetting/configuring ntpq</h4>
<p>Any option that is not marked as <i>not presettable</i> may be preset by
loading values from configuration ("rc" or "ini") files, and values from environment variables named <code>NTPQ</code> and <code>NTPQ_<OPTION_NAME></code>. <code><OPTION_NAME></code> must be one of
<p>Print the program version to standard out, optionally with licensing
information, then exit 0. The optional argument specifies how much licensing
-detail to provide. The default is to print just the version. The licensing infomation may be selected with an option argument.
+detail to provide. The default is to print just the version. The licensing information may be selected with an option argument.
Only the first letter of the argument is examined:
</p>
<dl compact="compact">
Previous: <a href="#ntpq-config" accesskey="p" rel="prev">ntpq config</a>, Up: <a href="#ntpq-Invocation" accesskey="u" rel="up">ntpq Invocation</a> </p>
</div>
<a name="ntpq-exit-status-1"></a>
-<h4 class="subsection">1.1.13 ntpq exit status</h4>
+<h4 class="subsection">1.1.14 ntpq exit status</h4>
<p>One of the following exit values will be returned:
</p><dl compact="compact">
.ds B-Font B
.ds I-Font I
.ds R-Font R
-.TH ntpq @NTPQ_MS@ "27 Jun 2022" "4.2.8p15" "User Commands"
+.TH ntpq @NTPQ_MS@ "18 Mar 2023" "4.2.8p15" "User Commands"
.\"
.\" EDIT THIS FILE WITH CAUTION (in-mem file)
.\"
-.\" It has been AutoGen-ed June 27, 2022 at 12:01:14 AM by AutoGen 5.18.5
+.\" It has been AutoGen-ed March 18, 2023 at 11:21:52 AM by AutoGen 5.18.16
.\" From the definitions ntpq-opts.def
.\" and the template file agman-cmd.tpl
.SH NAME
.ne 2
.SH DESCRIPTION
-#! /bin/cat
+.sp \n(Ppu
+.ne 2
+
+The
+\f\*[B-Font]ntpq\fP
+utility program is used to query NTP servers to monitor NTP operations
+and performance, requesting
+information about current state and/or changes in that state.
+The program may be run either in interactive mode or controlled using
+command line arguments.
+Requests to read and write arbitrary
+variables can be assembled, with raw and pretty-printed output
+options being available.
+The
+\f\*[B-Font]ntpq\fP
+utility can also obtain and print a
+list of peers in a common format by sending multiple queries to the
+server.
+.sp \n(Ppu
+.ne 2
+
+If one or more request options is included on the command line
+when
+\f\*[B-Font]ntpq\fP
+is executed, each of the requests will be sent
+to the NTP servers running on each of the hosts given as command
+line arguments, or on localhost by default.
+If no request options
+are given,
+\f\*[B-Font]ntpq\fP
+will attempt to read commands from the
+standard input and execute these on the NTP server running on the
+first host given on the command line, again defaulting to localhost
+when no other host is specified.
+The
+\f\*[B-Font]ntpq\fP
+utility will prompt for
+commands if the standard input is a terminal device.
+.sp \n(Ppu
+.ne 2
+
+\f\*[B-Font]ntpq\fP
+uses NTP mode 6 packets to communicate with the
+NTP server, and hence can be used to query any compatible server on
+the network which permits it.
+Note that since NTP is a UDP protocol
+this communication will be somewhat unreliable, especially over
+large distances in terms of network topology.
+The
+\f\*[B-Font]ntpq\fP
+utility makes
+one attempt to retransmit requests, and will time requests out if
+the remote host is not heard from within a suitable timeout
+time.
+.sp \n(Ppu
+.ne 2
+
+Note that in contexts where a host name is expected, a
+\f\*[B-Font]\-4\f[]
+qualifier preceding the host name forces resolution to the IPv4
+namespace, while a
+\f\*[B-Font]\-6\f[]
+qualifier forces resolution to the IPv6 namespace.
+For examples and usage, see the
+\*[Lq]NTP Debugging Techniques\*[Rq]
+page.
+.sp \n(Ppu
+.ne 2
+
+Specifying a
+command line option other than
+\f\*[B-Font]\-i\f[]
+or
+\f\*[B-Font]\-n\f[]
+will
+cause the specified query (queries) to be sent to the indicated
+host(s) immediately.
+Otherwise,
+\f\*[B-Font]ntpq\fP
+will attempt to read
+interactive format commands from the standard input.
+.SS "Internal Commands"
+.sp \n(Ppu
+.ne 2
+
+Interactive format commands consist of a keyword followed by zero
+to four arguments.
+Only enough characters of the full keyword to
+uniquely identify the command need be typed.
+.sp \n(Ppu
+.ne 2
+
+A
+number of interactive format commands are executed entirely within
+the
+\f\*[B-Font]ntpq\fP
+utility itself and do not result in NTP
+requests being sent to a server.
+These are described following.
+.TP 15
+.NOP \f\*[B-Font]?\f[] [\f\*[I-Font]command\f[]]
+.br
+.ns
+.TP 15
+.NOP \f\*[B-Font]help\f[] [\f\*[I-Font]command\f[]]
+A
+\[oq]\&?\[cq]
+by itself will print a list of all the commands
+known to
+\f\*[B-Font]ntpq\fP.
+A
+\[oq]\&?\[cq]
+followed by a command name will print function and usage
+information about the command.
+.br
+.ns
+.TP 15
+.NOP \f\*[B-Font]addvars\f[] \f\*[I-Font]name\f[][\&=\f\*[I-Font]value\f[]][,...]
+.br
+.ns
+.TP 15
+.NOP \f\*[B-Font]rmvars\f[] \f\*[I-Font]name\f[][,...]
+.br
+.ns
+.TP 15
+.NOP \f\*[B-Font]clearvars\f[]
+.br
+.ns
+.TP 15
+.NOP \f\*[B-Font]showvars\f[]
+The arguments to this command consist of a list of
+items of the form
+\f\*[I-Font]name\f[][\&=\f\*[I-Font]value\f[]],
+where the
+.NOP \&=\f\*[I-Font]value\f[]
+is ignored, and can be omitted,
+in requests to the server to read variables.
+The
+\f\*[B-Font]ntpq\fP
+utility maintains an internal list in which data to be included in
+messages can be assembled, and displayed or set using the
+\f\*[B-Font]readlist\f[]
+and
+\f\*[B-Font]writelist\f[]
+commands described below.
+The
+\f\*[B-Font]addvars\f[]
+command allows variables and their optional values to be added to
+the list.
+If more than one variable is to be added, the list should
+be comma-separated and not contain white space.
+The
+\f\*[B-Font]rmvars\f[]
+command can be used to remove individual variables from the list,
+while the
+\f\*[B-Font]clearvars\f[]
+command removes all variables from the
+list.
+The
+\f\*[B-Font]showvars\f[]
+command displays the current list of optional variables.
+.br
+.ns
+.TP 15
+.NOP \f\*[B-Font]authenticate\f[] [\f\*[B-Font]yes\f[]|\f\*[B-Font]no\f[]]
+Normally
+\f\*[B-Font]ntpq\fP
+does not authenticate requests unless
+they are write requests.
+The command
+\f\*[B-Font]authenticate\f[] \f\*[B-Font]yes\f[]
+causes
+\f\*[B-Font]ntpq\fP
+to send authentication with all requests it
+makes.
+Authenticated requests causes some servers to handle
+requests slightly differently.
+The command
+\f\*[B-Font]authenticate\f[]
+causes
+\f\*[B-Font]ntpq\fP
+to display whether or not
+it is currently authenticating requests.
+.br
+.ns
+.TP 15
+.NOP \f\*[B-Font]cooked\f[]
+Causes output from query commands to be "cooked", so that
+variables which are recognized by
+\f\*[B-Font]ntpq\fP
+will have their
+values reformatted for human consumption.
+Variables which
+\f\*[B-Font]ntpq\fP
+could not decode completely are
+marked with a trailing
+\[oq]\&?\[cq].
+.br
+.ns
+.TP 15
+.NOP \f\*[B-Font]debug\f[] [\f\*[B-Font]more\f[]|\f\*[B-Font]less\f[]|\f\*[B-Font]off\f[]]
+With no argument, displays the current debug level.
+Otherwise, the debugging level is changed as indicated.
+.br
+.ns
+.TP 15
+.NOP \f\*[B-Font]delay\f[] [\f\*[I-Font]milliseconds\f[]]
+Specify a time interval to be added to timestamps included in
+requests which require authentication.
+This is used to enable
+(unreliable) server reconfiguration over long delay network paths
+or between machines whose clocks are unsynchronized.
+Actually the
+server does not now require timestamps in authenticated requests,
+so this command may be obsolete.
+Without any arguments, displays the current delay.
+.br
+.ns
+.TP 15
+.NOP \f\*[B-Font]drefid\f[] [\f\*[B-Font]hash\f[]|\f\*[B-Font]ipv4\f[]]
+Display refids as IPv4 or hash.
+Without any arguments, displays whether refids are shown as IPv4
+addresses or hashes.
+.br
+.ns
+.TP 15
+.NOP \f\*[B-Font]exit\f[]
+Exit
+\f\*[B-Font]ntpq\fP.
+.br
+.ns
+.TP 15
+.NOP \f\*[B-Font]host\f[] [\f\*[I-Font]name\f[]]
+Set the host to which future queries will be sent.
+The
+\f\*[I-Font]name\f[]
+may be either a host name or a numeric address.
+Without any arguments, displays the current host.
+.br
+.ns
+.TP 15
+.NOP \f\*[B-Font]hostnames\f[] [\f\*[B-Font]yes\f[]|\f\*[B-Font]no\f[]]
+If
+\f\*[B-Font]yes\f[]
+is specified, host names are printed in
+information displays.
+If
+\f\*[B-Font]no\f[]
+is specified, numeric
+addresses are printed instead.
+The default is
+\f\*[B-Font]yes\f[],
+unless
+modified using the command line
+\f\*[B-Font]\-n\f[]
+switch.
+Without any arguments, displays whether host names or numeric addresses
+are shown.
+.br
+.ns
+.TP 15
+.NOP \f\*[B-Font]keyid\f[] [\f\*[I-Font]keyid\f[]]
+This command allows the specification of a key number to be
+used to authenticate configuration requests.
+This must correspond
+to the
+\f\*[B-Font]controlkey\f[]
+key number the server has been configured to use for this
+purpose.
+Without any arguments, displays the current
+\f\*[I-Font]keyid\f[].
+.br
+.ns
+.TP 15
+.NOP \f\*[B-Font]keytype\f[] [\f\*[I-Font]digest\f[]]
+Specify the digest algorithm to use for authenticating requests, with default
+\f\*[B-Font]MD5\f[].
+If
+\f\*[B-Font]ntpq\fP
+was built with OpenSSL support, and OpenSSL is installed,
+\f\*[I-Font]digest\f[]
+can be any message digest algorithm supported by OpenSSL.
+If no argument is given, the current
+\f\*[B-Font]keytype\f[] \f\*[I-Font]digest\f[]
+algorithm used is displayed.
+.br
+.ns
+.TP 15
+.NOP \f\*[B-Font]ntpversion\f[] [\f\*[B-Font]1\f[]|\f\*[B-Font]2\f[]|\f\*[B-Font]3\f[]|\f\*[B-Font]4\f[]]
+Sets the NTP version number which
+\f\*[B-Font]ntpq\fP
+claims in
+packets.
+Defaults to 3, and note that mode 6 control messages (and
+modes, for that matter) didn't exist in NTP version 1.
+There appear
+to be no servers left which demand version 1.
+With no argument, displays the current NTP version that will be used
+when communicating with servers.
+.br
+.ns
+.TP 15
+.NOP \f\*[B-Font]passwd\f[]
+This command prompts you to type in a password (which will not
+be echoed) which will be used to authenticate configuration
+requests.
+The password must correspond to the key configured for
+use by the NTP server for this purpose if such requests are to be
+successful.
+.br
+.ns
+.TP 15
+.NOP \f\*[B-Font]poll\f[] [\f\*[I-Font]n\f[]] [\f\*[B-Font]verbose\f[]]
+Poll an NTP server in client mode
+\f\*[I-Font]n\f[]
+times.
+Poll not implemented yet.
+.br
+.ns
+.TP 15
+.NOP \f\*[B-Font]quit\f[]
+Exit
+\f\*[B-Font]ntpq\fP.
+.br
+.ns
+.TP 15
+.NOP \f\*[B-Font]raw\f[]
+Causes all output from query commands is printed as received
+from the remote server.
+The only formating/interpretation done on
+the data is to transform nonascii data into a printable (but barely
+understandable) form.
+.br
+.ns
+.TP 15
+.NOP \f\*[B-Font]timeout\f[] [\f\*[I-Font]milliseconds\f[]]
+Specify a timeout period for responses to server queries.
+The
+default is about 5000 milliseconds.
+Without any arguments, displays the current timeout period.
+Note that since
+\f\*[B-Font]ntpq\fP
+retries each query once after a timeout, the total waiting time for
+a timeout will be twice the timeout value set.
+.br
+.ns
+.TP 15
+.NOP \f\*[B-Font]version\f[]
+Display the version of the
+\f\*[B-Font]ntpq\fP
+program.
+.PP
+.SS "Control Message Commands"
+Association ids are used to identify system, peer and clock variables.
+System variables are assigned an association id of zero and system name
+space, while each association is assigned a nonzero association id and
+peer namespace.
+Most control commands send a single message to the server and expect a
+single response message.
+The exceptions are the
+\f\*[B-Font]peers\f[]
+command, which sends a series of messages,
+and the
+\f\*[B-Font]mreadlist\f[]
+and
+\f\*[B-Font]mreadvar\f[]
+commands, which iterate over a range of associations.
+.TP 10
+.NOP \f\*[B-Font]apeers\f[]
+Display a list of peers in the form:
+.Dl [tally]remote refid assid st t when pool reach delay offset jitter
+where the output is just like the
+\f\*[B-Font]peers\f[]
+command except that the
+\f\*[B-Font]refid\f[]
+is displayed in hex format and the association number is also displayed.
+.br
+.ns
+.TP 10
+.NOP \f\*[B-Font]associations\f[]
+Display a list of mobilized associations in the form:
+.Dl ind assid status conf reach auth condition last_event cnt
+.RS
+.IP \fB\(bu\fP 2
+.IP \fB\(bu\fP 2 \f\*[B-Font]ind\f[] \f\*[B-Font]Ta\f[] \f\*[B-Font]index\f[] \f\*[B-Font]on\f[] \f\*[B-Font]this\f[] \f\*[B-Font]list\f[]
+.IP \fB\(bu\fP 2 \f\*[B-Font]assid\f[] \f\*[B-Font]Ta\f[] \f\*[B-Font]association\f[] \f\*[B-Font]id\f[]
+.IP \fB\(bu\fP 2 \f\*[B-Font]status\f[] \f\*[B-Font]Ta\f[] \f\*[B-Font]peer\f[] \f\*[B-Font]status\f[] \f\*[B-Font]word\f[]
+.IP \fB\(bu\fP 2 \f\*[B-Font]conf\f[] \f\*[B-Font]Ta\f[] \f\*[B-Font]yes\f[]: \f\*[B-Font]No\f[] \f\*[B-Font]persistent,\f[] \f\*[B-Font]no\f[]: \f\*[B-Font]No\f[] \f\*[B-Font]ephemeral\f[]
+.IP \fB\(bu\fP 2 \f\*[B-Font]reach\f[] \f\*[B-Font]Ta\f[] \f\*[B-Font]yes\f[]: \f\*[B-Font]No\f[] \f\*[B-Font]reachable,\f[] \f\*[B-Font]no\f[]: \f\*[B-Font]No\f[] \f\*[B-Font]unreachable\f[]
+.IP \fB\(bu\fP 2 \f\*[B-Font]auth\f[] \f\*[B-Font]Ta\f[] \f\*[B-Font]ok\f[], \f\*[B-Font]yes\f[], \f\*[B-Font]bad\f[] \f\*[B-Font]No\f[] \f\*[B-Font]and\f[] \f\*[B-Font]none\f[]
+.IP \fB\(bu\fP 2 \f\*[B-Font]condition\f[] \f\*[B-Font]Ta\f[] \f\*[B-Font]selection\f[] \f\*[B-Font]status\f[] \f\*[B-Font]\&(see\f[] \f\*[B-Font]the\f[] \f\*[B-Font]select\f[] \f\*[B-Font]No\f[] \f\*[B-Font]field\f[] \f\*[B-Font]of\f[] \f\*[B-Font]the\f[] \f\*[B-Font]peer\f[] \f\*[B-Font]status\f[] \f\*[B-Font]word\&)\f[]
+.IP \fB\(bu\fP 2 \f\*[B-Font]last_event\f[] \f\*[B-Font]Ta\f[] \f\*[B-Font]event\f[] \f\*[B-Font]report\f[] \f\*[B-Font]\&(see\f[] \f\*[B-Font]the\f[] \f\*[B-Font]event\f[] \f\*[B-Font]No\f[] \f\*[B-Font]field\f[] \f\*[B-Font]of\f[] \f\*[B-Font]the\f[] \f\*[B-Font]peer\f[] \f\*[B-Font]status\f[] \f\*[B-Font]word\&)\f[]
+.IP \fB\(bu\fP 2 \f\*[B-Font]cnt\f[] \f\*[B-Font]Ta\f[] \f\*[B-Font]event\f[] \f\*[B-Font]count\f[] \f\*[B-Font]\&(see\f[] \f\*[B-Font]the\f[] \f\*[B-Font]count\f[] \f\*[B-Font]No\f[] \f\*[B-Font]field\f[] \f\*[B-Font]of\f[] \f\*[B-Font]the\f[] \f\*[B-Font]peer\f[] \f\*[B-Font]status\f[] \f\*[B-Font]word\&)\f[]
+.RE
+.br
+.ns
+.TP 10
+.NOP \f\*[B-Font]authinfo\f[]
+Display the authentication statistics counters:
+time since reset, stored keys, free keys, key lookups, keys not found,
+uncached keys, expired keys, encryptions, decryptions.
+.br
+.ns
+.TP 10
+.NOP \f\*[B-Font]clocklist\f[] [\f\*[I-Font]associd\f[]]
+.br
+.ns
+.TP 10
+.NOP \f\*[B-Font]cl\f[] [\f\*[I-Font]associd\f[]]
+Display all clock variables in the variable list for those associations
+supporting a reference clock.
+.br
+.ns
+.TP 10
+.NOP \f\*[B-Font]clockvar\f[] [\f\*[I-Font]associd\f[]] [\f\*[I-Font]name\f[][\&=\f\*[I-Font]value\f[]][] ,...]
+.br
+.ns
+.TP 10
+.NOP \f\*[B-Font]cv\f[] [\f\*[I-Font]associd\f[]] [\f\*[I-Font]name\f[][\&=\f\*[I-Font]value\f[]][] ,...]
+Display a list of clock variables for those associations supporting a
+reference clock.
+.br
+.ns
+.TP 10
+.NOP \f\*[B-Font]:config\f[] \f\*[I-Font]configuration command line\f[]
+Send the remainder of the command line, including whitespace, to the
+server as a run-time configuration command in the same format as a line
+in the configuration file.
+This command is experimental until further notice and clarification.
+Authentication is of course required.
+.br
+.ns
+.TP 10
+.NOP \f\*[B-Font]config-from-file\f[] \f\*[I-Font]filename\f[]
+Send each line of
+\f\*[I-Font]filename\f[]
+to the server as run-time configuration commands in the same format as
+lines in the configuration file.
+This command is experimental until further notice and clarification.
+Authentication is required.
+.br
+.ns
+.TP 10
+.NOP \f\*[B-Font]ifstats\f[]
+Display status and statistics counters for each local network interface address:
+interface number, interface name and address or broadcast, drop, flag,
+ttl, mc, received, sent, send failed, peers, uptime.
+Authentication is required.
+.br
+.ns
+.TP 10
+.NOP \f\*[B-Font]iostats\f[]
+Display network and reference clock I/O statistics:
+time since reset, receive buffers, free receive buffers, used receive buffers,
+low water refills, dropped packets, ignored packets, received packets,
+packets sent, packet send failures, input wakeups, useful input wakeups.
+.br
+.ns
+.TP 10
+.NOP \f\*[B-Font]kerninfo\f[]
+Display kernel loop and PPS statistics:
+associd, status, pll offset, pll frequency, maximum error,
+estimated error, kernel status, pll time constant, precision,
+frequency tolerance, pps frequency, pps stability, pps jitter,
+calibration interval, calibration cycles, jitter exceeded,
+stability exceeded, calibration errors.
+As with other ntpq output, times are in milliseconds; very small values
+may be shown as exponentials.
+The precision value displayed is in milliseconds as well, unlike the
+precision system variable.
+.br
+.ns
+.TP 10
+.NOP \f\*[B-Font]lassociations\f[]
+Perform the same function as the associations command, except display
+mobilized and unmobilized associations, including all clients.
+.br
+.ns
+.TP 10
+.NOP \f\*[B-Font]lopeers\f[] [\f\*[B-Font]\-4\f[]|\f\*[B-Font]\-6\f[]]
+Display a list of all peers and clients showing
+\f\*[B-Font]dstadr\f[]
+(associated with the given IP version).
+.br
+.ns
+.TP 10
+.NOP \f\*[B-Font]lpassociations\f[]
+Display the last obtained list of associations, including all clients.
+.br
+.ns
+.TP 10
+.NOP \f\*[B-Font]lpeers\f[] [\f\*[B-Font]\-4\f[]|\f\*[B-Font]\-6\f[]]
+Display a list of all peers and clients (associated with the given IP version).
+.br
+.ns
+.TP 10
+.NOP \f\*[B-Font]monstats\f[]
+Display monitor facility status, statistics, and limits:
+enabled, addresses, peak addresses, maximum addresses,
+reclaim above count, reclaim older than, kilobytes, maximum kilobytes.
+.br
+.ns
+.TP 10
+.NOP \f\*[B-Font]mreadlist\f[] \f\*[I-Font]associdlo\f[] \f\*[I-Font]associdhi\f[]
+.br
+.ns
+.TP 10
+.NOP \f\*[B-Font]mrl\f[] \f\*[I-Font]associdlo\f[] \f\*[I-Font]associdhi\f[]
+Perform the same function as the
+\f\*[B-Font]readlist\f[]
+command for a range of association ids.
+.br
+.ns
+.TP 10
+.NOP \f\*[B-Font]mreadvar\f[] \f\*[I-Font]associdlo\f[] \f\*[I-Font]associdhi\f[] [\f\*[I-Font]name\f[]][,...]
+This range may be determined from the list displayed by any
+command showing associations.
+.br
+.ns
+.TP 10
+.NOP \f\*[B-Font]mrv\f[] \f\*[I-Font]associdlo\f[] \f\*[I-Font]associdhi\f[] [\f\*[I-Font]name\f[]][,...]
+Perform the same function as the
+\f\*[B-Font]readvar\f[]
+command for a range of association ids.
+This range may be determined from the list displayed by any
+command showing associations.
+.br
+.ns
+.TP 10
+.NOP \f\*[B-Font]mrulist\f[] [\f\*[B-Font]limited\f[] | \f\*[B-Font]kod\f[] | \f\*[B-Font]mincount\f[]\&=\f\*[I-Font]count\f[] | \f\*[B-Font]laddr\f[]\&=\f\*[I-Font]localaddr\f[] | \f\*[B-Font]sort\f[]\&=[\&-]\f\*[I-Font]sortorder\f[] | \f\*[B-Font]resany\f[]\&=\f\*[I-Font]hexmask\f[] | \f\*[B-Font]resall\f[]\&=\f\*[I-Font]hexmask\f[]]
+Display traffic counts of the most recently seen source addresses
+collected and maintained by the monitor facility.
+With the exception of
+\f\*[B-Font]sort\f[]\&=[\&-]\f\*[I-Font]sortorder\f[],
+the options filter the list returned by
+\fCntpd\f[]\fR(8)\f[].
+The
+\f\*[B-Font]limited\f[]
+and
+\f\*[B-Font]kod\f[]
+options return only entries representing client addresses from which the
+last packet received triggered either discarding or a KoD response.
+The
+\f\*[B-Font]mincount\f[]=\f\*[I-Font]count\f[]
+option filters entries representing less than
+\f\*[I-Font]count\f[]
+packets.
+The
+\f\*[B-Font]laddr\f[]=\f\*[I-Font]localaddr\f[]
+option filters entries for packets received on any local address other than
+\f\*[I-Font]localaddr\f[].
+\f\*[B-Font]resany\f[]=\f\*[I-Font]hexmask\f[]
+and
+\f\*[B-Font]resall\f[]=\f\*[I-Font]hexmask\f[]
+filter entries containing none or less than all, respectively, of the bits in
+\f\*[I-Font]hexmask\f[],
+which must begin with
+\f\*[B-Font]0x\f[].
+The
+\f\*[I-Font]sortorder\f[]
+defaults to
+\f\*[B-Font]lstint\f[]
+and may be
+\f\*[B-Font]addr\f[],
+\f\*[B-Font]avgint\f[],
+\f\*[B-Font]count\f[],
+\f\*[B-Font]lstint\f[],
+or any of those preceded by
+\[oq]\&-\[cq]
+to reverse the sort order.
+The output columns are:
+.RS
+.TP 10
+.NOP Column
+Description
+.br
+.ns
+.TP 10
+.NOP \f\*[B-Font]lstint\f[]
+Interval in seconds between the receipt of the most recent packet from
+this address and the completion of the retrieval of the MRU list by
+\f\*[B-Font]ntpq\fP.
+.br
+.ns
+.TP 10
+.NOP \f\*[B-Font]avgint\f[]
+Average interval in s between packets from this address.
+.br
+.ns
+.TP 10
+.NOP \f\*[B-Font]rstr\f[]
+Restriction flags associated with this address.
+Most are copied unchanged from the matching
+\f\*[B-Font]restrict\f[]
+command, however 0x400 (kod) and 0x20 (limited) flags are cleared unless
+the last packet from this address triggered a rate control response.
+.br
+.ns
+.TP 10
+.NOP \f\*[B-Font]r\f[]
+Rate control indicator, either
+a period,
+\f\*[B-Font]L\f[]
+or
+\f\*[B-Font]K\f[]
+for no rate control response,
+rate limiting by discarding, or rate limiting with a KoD response, respectively.
+.br
+.ns
+.TP 10
+.NOP \f\*[B-Font]m\f[]
+Packet mode.
+.br
+.ns
+.TP 10
+.NOP \f\*[B-Font]v\f[]
+Packet version number.
+.br
+.ns
+.TP 10
+.NOP \f\*[B-Font]count\f[]
+Packets received from this address.
+.br
+.ns
+.TP 10
+.NOP \f\*[B-Font]rport\f[]
+Source port of last packet from this address.
+.br
+.ns
+.TP 10
+.NOP \f\*[B-Font]remote\f[] \f\*[B-Font]address\f[]
+host or DNS name, numeric address, or address followed by
+claimed DNS name which could not be verified in parentheses.
+.RE
+.br
+.ns
+.TP 10
+.NOP \f\*[B-Font]opeers\f[] [\f\*[B-Font]\-4\f[] | \f\*[B-Font]\-6\f[]]
+Obtain and print the old-style list of all peers and clients showing
+\f\*[B-Font]dstadr\f[]
+(associated with the given IP version),
+rather than the
+\f\*[B-Font]refid\f[].
+.br
+.ns
+.TP 10
+.NOP \f\*[B-Font]passociations\f[]
+Perform the same function as the
+\f\*[B-Font]associations\f[]
+command,
+except that it uses previously stored data rather than making a new query.
+.br
+.ns
+.TP 10
+.NOP \f\*[B-Font]peers\f[]
+Display a list of peers in the form:
+.Dl [tally]remote refid st t when pool reach delay offset jitter
+.RS
+.TP 10
+.NOP Variable
+Description
+.br
+.ns
+.TP 10
+.NOP \f\*[B-Font][tally]\f[]
+single-character code indicating current value of the
+\f\*[B-Font]select\f[]
+field of the
+.Lk decode.html#peer "peer status word"
+.br
+.ns
+.TP 10
+.NOP \f\*[B-Font]remote\f[]
+host name (or IP number) of peer.
+The value displayed will be truncated to 15 characters unless the
+\f\*[B-Font]ntpq\fP
+\f\*[B-Font]\-w\f[]
+option is given, in which case the full value will be displayed
+on the first line, and if too long,
+the remaining data will be displayed on the next line.
+.br
+.ns
+.TP 10
+.NOP \f\*[B-Font]refid\f[]
+source IP address or
+.Lk decode.html#kiss "'kiss code"
+.br
+.ns
+.TP 10
+.NOP \f\*[B-Font]st\f[]
+stratum: 0 for local reference clocks, 1 for servers with local
+reference clocks, ..., 16 for unsynchronized server clocks
+.br
+.ns
+.TP 10
+.NOP \f\*[B-Font]t\f[]
+\f\*[B-Font]u\f[]:
+unicast or manycast client,
+\f\*[B-Font]b\f[]:
+broadcast or multicast client,
+\f\*[B-Font]p\f[]:
+pool source,
+\f\*[B-Font]l\f[]:
+local (reference clock),
+\f\*[B-Font]s\f[]:
+symmetric (peer),
+\f\*[B-Font]A\f[]:
+manycast server,
+\f\*[B-Font]B\f[]:
+broadcast server,
+\f\*[B-Font]M\f[]:
+multicast server
+.br
+.ns
+.TP 10
+.NOP \f\*[B-Font]when\f[]
+time in seconds, minutes, hours, or days since the last packet
+was received, or
+\[oq]\&-\[cq]
+if a packet has never been received
+.br
+.ns
+.TP 10
+.NOP \f\*[B-Font]poll\f[]
+poll interval (s)
+.br
+.ns
+.TP 10
+.NOP \f\*[B-Font]reach\f[]
+reach shift register (octal)
+.br
+.ns
+.TP 10
+.NOP \f\*[B-Font]delay\f[]
+roundtrip delay
+.br
+.ns
+.TP 10
+.NOP \f\*[B-Font]offset\f[]
+offset of server relative to this host
+.br
+.ns
+.TP 10
+.NOP \f\*[B-Font]jitter\f[]
+offset RMS error estimate.
+.RE
+.br
+.ns
+.TP 10
+.NOP \f\*[B-Font]pstats\f[] \f\*[I-Font]associd\f[]
+Display the statistics for the peer with the given
+\f\*[I-Font]associd\f[]:
+associd, status, remote host, local address, time last received,
+time until next send, reachability change, packets sent,
+packets received, bad authentication, bogus origin, duplicate,
+bad dispersion, bad reference time, candidate order.
+.br
+.ns
+.TP 10
+.NOP \f\*[B-Font]readlist\f[] [\f\*[I-Font]associd\f[]]
+.br
+.ns
+.TP 10
+.NOP \f\*[B-Font]rl\f[] [\f\*[I-Font]associd\f[]]
+Display all system or peer variables.
+If the
+\f\*[I-Font]associd\f[]
+is omitted, it is assumed to be zero.
+.br
+.ns
+.TP 10
+.NOP \f\*[B-Font]readvar\f[] [\f\*[I-Font]associd\f[] \f\*[I-Font]name\f[][=\f\*[I-Font]value\f[]] [, ...]]
+.br
+.ns
+.TP 10
+.NOP \f\*[B-Font]rv\f[] [\f\*[I-Font]associd\f[] \f\*[I-Font]name\f[][=\f\*[I-Font]value\f[]] [, ...]]
+Display the specified system or peer variables.
+If
+\f\*[I-Font]associd\f[]
+is zero, the variables are from the
+\fISystem\f[] \fIVariables\f[]
+name space, otherwise they are from the
+\fIPeer\f[] \fIVariables\f[]
+name space.
+The
+\f\*[I-Font]associd\f[]
+is required, as the same name can occur in both spaces.
+If no
+\f\*[I-Font]name\f[]
+is included, all operative variables in the name space are displayed.
+In this case only, if the
+\f\*[I-Font]associd\f[]
+is omitted, it is assumed to be zero.
+Multiple names are specified with comma separators and without whitespace.
+Note that time values are represented in milliseconds
+and frequency values in parts-per-million (PPM).
+Some NTP timestamps are represented in the format
+\f\*[I-Font]YYYY\f[]\f\*[I-Font]MM\f[] \f\*[I-Font]DD\f[] \f\*[I-Font]TTTT\f[],
+where
+\f\*[I-Font]YYYY\f[]
+is the year,
+\f\*[I-Font]MM\f[]
+the month of year,
+\f\*[I-Font]DD\f[]
+the day of month and
+\f\*[I-Font]TTTT\f[]
+the time of day.
+.br
+.ns
+.TP 10
+.NOP \f\*[B-Font]reslist\f[]
+Display the access control (restrict) list for
+\f\*[B-Font]ntpq\fP.
+Authentication is required.
+.br
+.ns
+.TP 10
+.NOP \f\*[B-Font]saveconfig\f[] \f\*[I-Font]filename\f[]
+Save the current configuration,
+including any runtime modifications made by
+\f\*[B-Font]:config\f[]
+or
+\f\*[B-Font]config-from-file\f[],
+to the NTP server host file
+\f\*[I-Font]filename\f[].
+This command will be rejected by the server unless
+.Lk miscopt.html#saveconfigdir "saveconfigdir"
+appears in the
+\fCntpd\f[]\fR(8)\f[]
+configuration file.
+\f\*[I-Font]filename\f[]
+can use
+\fCdate\f[]\fR(1)\f[]
+format specifiers to substitute the current date and time, for
+example,
+.in +4
+\f\*[B-Font]saveconfig\f[] \fIntp-%Y%m%d-%H%M%S.conf\f[].
+.in -4
+The filename used is stored in system variable
+\f\*[B-Font]savedconfig\f[].
+Authentication is required.
+.br
+.ns
+.TP 10
+.NOP \f\*[B-Font]sysinfo\f[]
+Display system operational summary:
+associd, status, system peer, system peer mode, leap indicator,
+stratum, log2 precision, root delay, root dispersion,
+reference id, reference time, system jitter, clock jitter,
+clock wander, broadcast delay, symm. auth. delay.
+.br
+.ns
+.TP 10
+.NOP \f\*[B-Font]sysstats\f[]
+Display system uptime and packet counts maintained in the
+protocol module:
+uptime, sysstats reset, packets received, current version,
+older version, bad length or format, authentication failed,
+declined, restricted, rate limited, KoD responses,
+processed for time.
+.br
+.ns
+.TP 10
+.NOP \f\*[B-Font]timerstats\f[]
+Display interval timer counters:
+time since reset, timer overruns, calls to transmit.
+.br
+.ns
+.TP 10
+.NOP \f\*[B-Font]writelist\f[] \f\*[I-Font]associd\f[]
+Set all system or peer variables included in the variable list.
+.br
+.ns
+.TP 10
+.NOP \f\*[B-Font]writevar\f[] \f\*[I-Font]associd\f[] \f\*[I-Font]name\f[]=\f\*[I-Font]value\f[] [, ...]
+Set the specified variables in the variable list.
+If the
+\f\*[I-Font]associd\f[]
+is zero, the variables are from the
+\fISystem\f[] \fIVariables\f[]
+name space, otherwise they are from the
+\fIPeer\f[] \fIVariables\f[]
+name space.
+The
+\f\*[I-Font]associd\f[]
+is required, as the same name can occur in both spaces.
+Authentication is required.
+.PP
+.SS Status Words and Kiss Codes
+The current state of the operating program is shown
+in a set of status words
+maintained by the system.
+Status information is also available on a per-association basis.
+These words are displayed by the
+\f\*[B-Font]readlist\f[]
+and
+\f\*[B-Font]associations\f[]
+commands both in hexadecimal and in decoded short tip strings.
+The codes, tips and short explanations are documented on the
+.Lk decode.html "Event Messages and Status Words"
+page.
+The page also includes a list of system and peer messages,
+the code for the latest of which is included in the status word.
+.sp \n(Ppu
+.ne 2
+
+Information resulting from protocol machine state transitions
+is displayed using an informal set of ASCII strings called
+.Lk decode.html#kiss "kiss codes" .
+The original purpose was for kiss-o'-death (KoD) packets
+sent by the server to advise the client of an unusual condition.
+They are now displayed, when appropriate,
+in the reference identifier field in various billboards.
+.SS System Variables
+The following system variables appear in the
+\f\*[B-Font]readlist\f[]
+billboard.
+Not all variables are displayed in some configurations.
+.sp \n(Ppu
+.ne 2
+
+.TP 10
+.NOP Variable
+Description
+.br
+.ns
+.TP 10
+.NOP \f\*[B-Font]status\f[]
+.Lk decode.html#sys "system status word"
+.br
+.ns
+.TP 10
+.NOP \f\*[B-Font]version\f[]
+NTP software version and build time
+.br
+.ns
+.TP 10
+.NOP \f\*[B-Font]processor\f[]
+hardware platform and version
+.br
+.ns
+.TP 10
+.NOP \f\*[B-Font]system\f[]
+operating system and version
+.br
+.ns
+.TP 10
+.NOP \f\*[B-Font]leap\f[]
+leap warning indicator (0-3)
+.br
+.ns
+.TP 10
+.NOP \f\*[B-Font]stratum\f[]
+stratum (1-15)
+.br
+.ns
+.TP 10
+.NOP \f\*[B-Font]precision\f[]
+precision (log2 s)
+.br
+.ns
+.TP 10
+.NOP \f\*[B-Font]rootdelay\f[]
+total roundtrip delay to the primary reference clock
+.br
+.ns
+.TP 10
+.NOP \f\*[B-Font]rootdisp\f[]
+total dispersion to the primary reference clock
+.br
+.ns
+.TP 10
+.NOP \f\*[B-Font]refid\f[]
+reference id or
+.Lk decode.html#kiss "kiss code"
+.br
+.ns
+.TP 10
+.NOP \f\*[B-Font]reftime\f[]
+reference time
+.br
+.ns
+.TP 10
+.NOP \f\*[B-Font]clock\f[]
+date and time of day
+.br
+.ns
+.TP 10
+.NOP \f\*[B-Font]peer\f[]
+system peer association id
+.br
+.ns
+.TP 10
+.NOP \f\*[B-Font]tc\f[]
+time constant and poll exponent (log2 s) (3-17)
+.br
+.ns
+.TP 10
+.NOP \f\*[B-Font]mintc\f[]
+minimum time constant (log2 s) (3-10)
+.br
+.ns
+.TP 10
+.NOP \f\*[B-Font]offset\f[]
+combined offset of server relative to this host
+.br
+.ns
+.TP 10
+.NOP \f\*[B-Font]frequency\f[]
+frequency drift (PPM) relative to hardware clock
+.br
+.ns
+.TP 10
+.NOP \f\*[B-Font]sys_jitter\f[]
+combined system jitter
+.br
+.ns
+.TP 10
+.NOP \f\*[B-Font]clk_wander\f[]
+clock frequency wander (PPM)
+.br
+.ns
+.TP 10
+.NOP \f\*[B-Font]clk_jitter\f[]
+clock jitter
+.br
+.ns
+.TP 10
+.NOP \f\*[B-Font]tai\f[]
+TAI-UTC offset (s)
+.br
+.ns
+.TP 10
+.NOP \f\*[B-Font]leapsec\f[]
+NTP seconds when the next leap second is/was inserted
+.br
+.ns
+.TP 10
+.NOP \f\*[B-Font]expire\f[]
+NTP seconds when the NIST leapseconds file expires
+.PP
+The jitter and wander statistics are exponentially-weighted RMS averages.
+The system jitter is defined in the NTPv4 specification;
+the clock jitter statistic is computed by the clock discipline module.
+.sp \n(Ppu
+.ne 2
+
+When the NTPv4 daemon is compiled with the OpenSSL software library,
+additional system variables are displayed,
+including some or all of the following,
+depending on the particular Autokey dance:
+.TP 10
+.NOP Variable
+Description
+.br
+.ns
+.TP 10
+.NOP \f\*[B-Font]host\f[]
+Autokey host name for this host
+.br
+.ns
+.TP 10
+.NOP \f\*[B-Font]ident\f[]
+Autokey group name for this host
+.br
+.ns
+.TP 10
+.NOP \f\*[B-Font]flags\f[]
+host flags (see Autokey specification)
+.br
+.ns
+.TP 10
+.NOP \f\*[B-Font]digest\f[]
+OpenSSL message digest algorithm
+.br
+.ns
+.TP 10
+.NOP \f\*[B-Font]signature\f[]
+OpenSSL digest/signature scheme
+.br
+.ns
+.TP 10
+.NOP \f\*[B-Font]update\f[]
+NTP seconds at last signature update
+.br
+.ns
+.TP 10
+.NOP \f\*[B-Font]cert\f[]
+certificate subject, issuer and certificate flags
+.br
+.ns
+.TP 10
+.NOP \f\*[B-Font]until\f[]
+NTP seconds when the certificate expires
+.PP
+.SS Peer Variables
+The following peer variables appear in the
+\f\*[B-Font]readlist\f[]
+billboard for each association.
+Not all variables are displayed in some configurations.
+.sp \n(Ppu
+.ne 2
+
+.TP 10
+.NOP Variable
+Description
+.br
+.ns
+.TP 10
+.NOP \f\*[B-Font]associd\f[]
+association id
+.br
+.ns
+.TP 10
+.NOP \f\*[B-Font]status\f[]
+.Lk decode.html#peer "peer status word"
+.br
+.ns
+.TP 10
+.NOP \f\*[B-Font]srcadr\f[]
+source (remote) IP address
+.br
+.ns
+.TP 10
+.NOP \f\*[B-Font]srcport\f[]
+source (remote) port
+.br
+.ns
+.TP 10
+.NOP \f\*[B-Font]dstadr\f[]
+destination (local) IP address
+.br
+.ns
+.TP 10
+.NOP \f\*[B-Font]dstport\f[]
+destination (local) port
+.br
+.ns
+.TP 10
+.NOP \f\*[B-Font]leap\f[]
+leap indicator (0-3)
+.br
+.ns
+.TP 10
+.NOP \f\*[B-Font]stratum\f[]
+stratum (0-15)
+.br
+.ns
+.TP 10
+.NOP \f\*[B-Font]precision\f[]
+precision (log2 s)
+.br
+.ns
+.TP 10
+.NOP \f\*[B-Font]rootdelay\f[]
+total roundtrip delay to the primary reference clock
+.br
+.ns
+.TP 10
+.NOP \f\*[B-Font]rootdisp\f[]
+total root dispersion to the primary reference clock
+.br
+.ns
+.TP 10
+.NOP \f\*[B-Font]refid\f[]
+reference id or
+.Lk decode.html#kiss "kiss code"
+.br
+.ns
+.TP 10
+.NOP \f\*[B-Font]reftime\f[]
+reference time
+.br
+.ns
+.TP 10
+.NOP \f\*[B-Font]rec\f[]
+last packet received time
+.br
+.ns
+.TP 10
+.NOP \f\*[B-Font]reach\f[]
+reach register (octal)
+.br
+.ns
+.TP 10
+.NOP \f\*[B-Font]unreach\f[]
+unreach counter
+.br
+.ns
+.TP 10
+.NOP \f\*[B-Font]hmode\f[]
+host mode (1-6)
+.br
+.ns
+.TP 10
+.NOP \f\*[B-Font]pmode\f[]
+peer mode (1-5)
+.br
+.ns
+.TP 10
+.NOP \f\*[B-Font]hpoll\f[]
+host poll exponent (log2 s) (3-17)
+.br
+.ns
+.TP 10
+.NOP \f\*[B-Font]ppoll\f[]
+peer poll exponent (log2 s) (3-17)
+.br
+.ns
+.TP 10
+.NOP \f\*[B-Font]headway\f[]
+headway (see
+.Lk rate.html "Rate Management and the Kiss-o'-Death Packet" )
+.br
+.ns
+.TP 10
+.NOP \f\*[B-Font]flash\f[]
+.Lk decode.html#flash "flash status word"
+.br
+.ns
+.TP 10
+.NOP \f\*[B-Font]keyid\f[]
+symmetric key id
+.br
+.ns
+.TP 10
+.NOP \f\*[B-Font]offset\f[]
+filter offset
+.br
+.ns
+.TP 10
+.NOP \f\*[B-Font]delay\f[]
+filter delay
+.br
+.ns
+.TP 10
+.NOP \f\*[B-Font]dispersion\f[]
+filter dispersion
+.br
+.ns
+.TP 10
+.NOP \f\*[B-Font]jitter\f[]
+filter jitter
+.br
+.ns
+.TP 10
+.NOP \f\*[B-Font]bias\f[]
+unicast/broadcast bias
+.br
+.ns
+.TP 10
+.NOP \f\*[B-Font]xleave\f[]
+interleave delay (see
+.Lk xleave.html "NTP Interleaved Modes" )
+.PP
+The
+\f\*[B-Font]bias\f[]
+variable is calculated when the first broadcast packet is received
+after the calibration volley.
+It represents the offset of the broadcast subgraph relative to the
+unicast subgraph.
+The
+\f\*[B-Font]xleave\f[]
+variable appears only for the interleaved symmetric and interleaved modes.
+It represents the internal queuing, buffering and transmission delays
+for the preceding packet.
+.sp \n(Ppu
+.ne 2
+
+When the NTPv4 daemon is compiled with the OpenSSL software library,
+additional peer variables are displayed, including the following:
+.TP 10
+.NOP Variable
+Description
+.br
+.ns
+.TP 10
+.NOP \f\*[B-Font]flags\f[]
+peer flags (see Autokey specification)
+.br
+.ns
+.TP 10
+.NOP \f\*[B-Font]host\f[]
+Autokey server name
+.br
+.ns
+.TP 10
+.NOP \f\*[B-Font]flags\f[]
+peer flags (see Autokey specification)
+.br
+.ns
+.TP 10
+.NOP \f\*[B-Font]signature\f[]
+OpenSSL digest/signature scheme
+.br
+.ns
+.TP 10
+.NOP \f\*[B-Font]initsequence\f[]
+initial key id
+.br
+.ns
+.TP 10
+.NOP \f\*[B-Font]initkey\f[]
+initial key index
+.br
+.ns
+.TP 10
+.NOP \f\*[B-Font]timestamp\f[]
+Autokey signature timestamp
+.br
+.ns
+.TP 10
+.NOP \f\*[B-Font]ident\f[]
+Autokey group name for this association
+.PP
+.SS Clock Variables
+The following clock variables appear in the
+\f\*[B-Font]clocklist\f[]
+billboard for each association with a reference clock.
+Not all variables are displayed in some configurations.
+.TP 10
+.NOP Variable
+Description
+.br
+.ns
+.TP 10
+.NOP \f\*[B-Font]associd\f[]
+association id
+.br
+.ns
+.TP 10
+.NOP \f\*[B-Font]status\f[]
+.Lk decode.html#clock "clock status word"
+.br
+.ns
+.TP 10
+.NOP \f\*[B-Font]device\f[]
+device description
+.br
+.ns
+.TP 10
+.NOP \f\*[B-Font]timecode\f[]
+ASCII time code string (specific to device)
+.br
+.ns
+.TP 10
+.NOP \f\*[B-Font]poll\f[]
+poll messages sent
+.br
+.ns
+.TP 10
+.NOP \f\*[B-Font]noreply\f[]
+no reply
+.br
+.ns
+.TP 10
+.NOP \f\*[B-Font]badformat\f[]
+bad format
+.br
+.ns
+.TP 10
+.NOP \f\*[B-Font]baddata\f[]
+bad date or time
+.br
+.ns
+.TP 10
+.NOP \f\*[B-Font]fudgetime1\f[]
+fudge time 1
+.br
+.ns
+.TP 10
+.NOP \f\*[B-Font]fudgetime2\f[]
+fudge time 2
+.br
+.ns
+.TP 10
+.NOP \f\*[B-Font]stratum\f[]
+driver stratum
+.br
+.ns
+.TP 10
+.NOP \f\*[B-Font]refid\f[]
+driver reference id
+.br
+.ns
+.TP 10
+.NOP \f\*[B-Font]flags\f[]
+driver flags
+.PP
.SH "OPTIONS"
.TP
.NOP \f\*[B-Font]\-4\f[], \f\*[B-Font]\-\-ipv4\f[]
.SH "AUTHORS"
The University of Delaware and Network Time Foundation
.SH "COPYRIGHT"
-Copyright (C) 1992-2020 The University of Delaware and Network Time Foundation all rights reserved.
+Copyright (C) 1992-2023 The University of Delaware and Network Time Foundation all rights reserved.
This program is released under the terms of the NTP license, <http://ntp.org/license>.
.SH "BUGS"
-Please send bug reports to: http://bugs.ntp.org, bugs@ntp.org
+Please send bug reports to: https://bugs.ntp.org, bugs@ntp.org
.SH "NOTES"
This manual page was \fIAutoGen\fP-erated from the \fBntpq\fP
option definitions.
-.Dd June 27 2022
+.Dd March 18 2023
.Dt NTPQ @NTPQ_MS@ User Commands
.Os
.\" EDIT THIS FILE WITH CAUTION (ntpq-opts.mdoc)
.\"
-.\" It has been AutoGen-ed June 27, 2022 at 12:01:11 AM by AutoGen 5.18.5
+.\" It has been AutoGen-ed March 18, 2023 at 11:21:48 AM by AutoGen 5.18.16
.\" From the definitions ntpq-opts.def
.\" and the template file agmdoc-cmd.tpl
.Sh NAME
[ host ...]
.Pp
.Sh DESCRIPTION
-#! /bin/cat
+.Pp
+The
+.Nm
+utility program is used to query NTP servers to monitor NTP operations
+and performance, requesting
+information about current state and/or changes in that state.
+The program may be run either in interactive mode or controlled using
+command line arguments.
+Requests to read and write arbitrary
+variables can be assembled, with raw and pretty\-printed output
+options being available.
+The
+.Nm
+utility can also obtain and print a
+list of peers in a common format by sending multiple queries to the
+server.
+.Pp
+If one or more request options is included on the command line
+when
+.Nm
+is executed, each of the requests will be sent
+to the NTP servers running on each of the hosts given as command
+line arguments, or on localhost by default.
+If no request options
+are given,
+.Nm
+will attempt to read commands from the
+standard input and execute these on the NTP server running on the
+first host given on the command line, again defaulting to localhost
+when no other host is specified.
+The
+.Nm
+utility will prompt for
+commands if the standard input is a terminal device.
+.Pp
+.Nm
+uses NTP mode 6 packets to communicate with the
+NTP server, and hence can be used to query any compatible server on
+the network which permits it.
+Note that since NTP is a UDP protocol
+this communication will be somewhat unreliable, especially over
+large distances in terms of network topology.
+The
+.Nm
+utility makes
+one attempt to retransmit requests, and will time requests out if
+the remote host is not heard from within a suitable timeout
+time.
+.Pp
+Note that in contexts where a host name is expected, a
+.Fl 4
+qualifier preceding the host name forces resolution to the IPv4
+namespace, while a
+.Fl 6
+qualifier forces resolution to the IPv6 namespace.
+For examples and usage, see the
+.Dq NTP Debugging Techniques
+page.
+.Pp
+Specifying a
+command line option other than
+.Fl i
+or
+.Fl n
+will
+cause the specified query (queries) to be sent to the indicated
+host(s) immediately.
+Otherwise,
+.Nm
+will attempt to read
+interactive format commands from the standard input.
+.Ss "Internal Commands"
+.Pp
+Interactive format commands consist of a keyword followed by zero
+to four arguments.
+Only enough characters of the full keyword to
+uniquely identify the command need be typed.
+.Pp
+A
+number of interactive format commands are executed entirely within
+the
+.Nm
+utility itself and do not result in NTP
+requests being sent to a server.
+These are described following.
+.Bl -tag -width "help [command]" -compact -offset indent
+.It Ic ? Op Ar command
+.It Ic help Op Ar command
+A
+.Ql \&?
+by itself will print a list of all the commands
+known to
+.Nm .
+A
+.Ql \&?
+followed by a command name will print function and usage
+information about the command.
+.It Ic addvars Ar name Ns Oo \&= Ns Ar value Oc Ns Op ,...
+.It Ic rmvars Ar name Ns Op ,...
+.It Ic clearvars
+.It Ic showvars
+The arguments to this command consist of a list of
+items of the form
+.Ar name Ns Op \&= Ns Ar value ,
+where the
+.No \&= Ns Ar value
+is ignored, and can be omitted,
+in requests to the server to read variables.
+The
+.Nm
+utility maintains an internal list in which data to be included in
+messages can be assembled, and displayed or set using the
+.Ic readlist
+and
+.Ic writelist
+commands described below.
+The
+.Ic addvars
+command allows variables and their optional values to be added to
+the list.
+If more than one variable is to be added, the list should
+be comma\-separated and not contain white space.
+The
+.Ic rmvars
+command can be used to remove individual variables from the list,
+while the
+.Ic clearvars
+command removes all variables from the
+list.
+The
+.Ic showvars
+command displays the current list of optional variables.
+.It Ic authenticate Op Cm yes Ns | Ns Cm no
+Normally
+.Nm
+does not authenticate requests unless
+they are write requests.
+The command
+.Ic authenticate Cm yes
+causes
+.Nm
+to send authentication with all requests it
+makes.
+Authenticated requests causes some servers to handle
+requests slightly differently.
+The command
+.Ic authenticate
+causes
+.Nm
+to display whether or not
+it is currently authenticating requests.
+.It Ic cooked
+Causes output from query commands to be "cooked", so that
+variables which are recognized by
+.Nm
+will have their
+values reformatted for human consumption.
+Variables which
+.Nm
+could not decode completely are
+marked with a trailing
+.Ql \&? .
+.It Ic debug Op Cm more Ns | Ns Cm less Ns | Ns Cm off
+With no argument, displays the current debug level.
+Otherwise, the debugging level is changed as indicated.
+.It Ic delay Op Ar milliseconds
+Specify a time interval to be added to timestamps included in
+requests which require authentication.
+This is used to enable
+(unreliable) server reconfiguration over long delay network paths
+or between machines whose clocks are unsynchronized.
+Actually the
+server does not now require timestamps in authenticated requests,
+so this command may be obsolete.
+Without any arguments, displays the current delay.
+.It Ic drefid Op Cm hash Ns | Ns Cm ipv4
+Display refids as IPv4 or hash.
+Without any arguments, displays whether refids are shown as IPv4
+addresses or hashes.
+.It Ic exit
+Exit
+.Nm .
+.It Ic host Op Ar name
+Set the host to which future queries will be sent.
+The
+.Ar name
+may be either a host name or a numeric address.
+Without any arguments, displays the current host.
+.It Ic hostnames Op Cm yes Ns | Ns Cm no
+If
+.Cm yes
+is specified, host names are printed in
+information displays.
+If
+.Cm no
+is specified, numeric
+addresses are printed instead.
+The default is
+.Cm yes ,
+unless
+modified using the command line
+.Fl n
+switch.
+Without any arguments, displays whether host names or numeric addresses
+are shown.
+.It Ic keyid Op Ar keyid
+This command allows the specification of a key number to be
+used to authenticate configuration requests.
+This must correspond
+to the
+.Cm controlkey
+key number the server has been configured to use for this
+purpose.
+Without any arguments, displays the current
+.Ar keyid .
+.It Ic keytype Op Ar digest
+Specify the digest algorithm to use for authenticating requests, with default
+.Cm MD5 .
+If
+.Nm
+was built with OpenSSL support, and OpenSSL is installed,
+.Ar digest
+can be any message digest algorithm supported by OpenSSL.
+If no argument is given, the current
+.Ic keytype Ar digest
+algorithm used is displayed.
+.It Ic ntpversion Op Cm 1 Ns | Ns Cm 2 Ns | Ns Cm 3 Ns | Ns Cm 4
+Sets the NTP version number which
+.Nm
+claims in
+packets.
+Defaults to 3, and note that mode 6 control messages (and
+modes, for that matter) didn't exist in NTP version 1.
+There appear
+to be no servers left which demand version 1.
+With no argument, displays the current NTP version that will be used
+when communicating with servers.
+.It Ic passwd
+This command prompts you to type in a password (which will not
+be echoed) which will be used to authenticate configuration
+requests.
+The password must correspond to the key configured for
+use by the NTP server for this purpose if such requests are to be
+successful.
+.It Ic poll Oo Ar n Oc Op Cm verbose
+Poll an NTP server in client mode
+.Ar n
+times.
+Poll not implemented yet.
+.It Ic quit
+Exit
+.Nm .
+.It Ic raw
+Causes all output from query commands is printed as received
+from the remote server.
+The only formating/interpretation done on
+the data is to transform nonascii data into a printable (but barely
+understandable) form.
+.It Ic timeout Op Ar milliseconds
+Specify a timeout period for responses to server queries.
+The
+default is about 5000 milliseconds.
+Without any arguments, displays the current timeout period.
+Note that since
+.Nm
+retries each query once after a timeout, the total waiting time for
+a timeout will be twice the timeout value set.
+.It Ic version
+Display the version of the
+.Nm
+program.
+.El
+.Ss "Control Message Commands"
+Association ids are used to identify system, peer and clock variables.
+System variables are assigned an association id of zero and system name
+space, while each association is assigned a nonzero association id and
+peer namespace.
+Most control commands send a single message to the server and expect a
+single response message.
+The exceptions are the
+.Ic peers
+command, which sends a series of messages,
+and the
+.Ic mreadlist
+and
+.Ic mreadvar
+commands, which iterate over a range of associations.
+.Bl -tag -width "something" -compact -offset indent
+.It Ic apeers
+Display a list of peers in the form:
+.Dl [tally]remote refid assid st t when pool reach delay offset jitter
+where the output is just like the
+.Ic peers
+command except that the
+.Cm refid
+is displayed in hex format and the association number is also displayed.
+.It Ic associations
+Display a list of mobilized associations in the form:
+.Dl ind assid status conf reach auth condition last_event cnt
+.Bl -column -offset indent ".Sy Variable" "see the select field of the peer status word"
+.It Sy Variable Ta Sy Description
+.It Cm ind Ta index on this list
+.It Cm assid Ta association id
+.It Cm status Ta peer status word
+.It Cm conf Ta Cm yes : No persistent, Cm no : No ephemeral
+.It Cm reach Ta Cm yes : No reachable, Cm no : No unreachable
+.It Cm auth Ta Cm ok , Cm yes , Cm bad No and Cm none
+.It Cm condition Ta selection status \&(see the Cm select No field of the peer status word\&)
+.It Cm last_event Ta event report \&(see the Cm event No field of the peer status word\&)
+.It Cm cnt Ta event count \&(see the Cm count No field of the peer status word\&)
+.El
+.It Ic authinfo
+Display the authentication statistics counters:
+time since reset, stored keys, free keys, key lookups, keys not found,
+uncached keys, expired keys, encryptions, decryptions.
+.It Ic clocklist Op Ar associd
+.It Ic cl Op Ar associd
+Display all clock variables in the variable list for those associations
+supporting a reference clock.
+.It Ic clockvar Oo Ar associd Oc Oo Ar name Ns Oo \&= Ns Ar value Oc Ns Oc Ns Op ,...
+.It Ic cv Oo Ar associd Oc Oo Ar name Ns Oo \&= Ns Ar value Oc Ns Oc Ns Op ,...
+Display a list of clock variables for those associations supporting a
+reference clock.
+.It Ic :config Ar "configuration command line"
+Send the remainder of the command line, including whitespace, to the
+server as a run\-time configuration command in the same format as a line
+in the configuration file.
+This command is experimental until further notice and clarification.
+Authentication is of course required.
+.It Ic config\-from\-file Ar filename
+Send each line of
+.Ar filename
+to the server as run\-time configuration commands in the same format as
+lines in the configuration file.
+This command is experimental until further notice and clarification.
+Authentication is required.
+.It Ic ifstats
+Display status and statistics counters for each local network interface address:
+interface number, interface name and address or broadcast, drop, flag,
+ttl, mc, received, sent, send failed, peers, uptime.
+Authentication is required.
+.It Ic iostats
+Display network and reference clock I/O statistics:
+time since reset, receive buffers, free receive buffers, used receive buffers,
+low water refills, dropped packets, ignored packets, received packets,
+packets sent, packet send failures, input wakeups, useful input wakeups.
+.It Ic kerninfo
+Display kernel loop and PPS statistics:
+associd, status, pll offset, pll frequency, maximum error,
+estimated error, kernel status, pll time constant, precision,
+frequency tolerance, pps frequency, pps stability, pps jitter,
+calibration interval, calibration cycles, jitter exceeded,
+stability exceeded, calibration errors.
+As with other ntpq output, times are in milliseconds; very small values
+may be shown as exponentials.
+The precision value displayed is in milliseconds as well, unlike the
+precision system variable.
+.It Ic lassociations
+Perform the same function as the associations command, except display
+mobilized and unmobilized associations, including all clients.
+.It Ic lopeers Op Fl 4 Ns | Ns Fl 6
+Display a list of all peers and clients showing
+.Cm dstadr
+(associated with the given IP version).
+.It Ic lpassociations
+Display the last obtained list of associations, including all clients.
+.It Ic lpeers Op Fl 4 Ns | Ns Fl 6
+Display a list of all peers and clients (associated with the given IP version).
+.It Ic monstats
+Display monitor facility status, statistics, and limits:
+enabled, addresses, peak addresses, maximum addresses,
+reclaim above count, reclaim older than, kilobytes, maximum kilobytes.
+.It Ic mreadlist Ar associdlo Ar associdhi
+.It Ic mrl Ar associdlo Ar associdhi
+Perform the same function as the
+.Ic readlist
+command for a range of association ids.
+.It Ic mreadvar Ar associdlo Ar associdhi Oo Ar name Oc Ns Op ,...
+This range may be determined from the list displayed by any
+command showing associations.
+.It Ic mrv Ar associdlo Ar associdhi Oo Ar name Oc Ns Op ,...
+Perform the same function as the
+.Ic readvar
+command for a range of association ids.
+This range may be determined from the list displayed by any
+command showing associations.
+.It Xo Ic mrulist Oo Cm limited | Cm kod | Cm mincount Ns \&= Ns Ar count |
+.Cm laddr Ns \&= Ns Ar localaddr | Cm sort Ns \&= Ns Oo \&\- Oc Ns Ar sortorder |
+.Cm resany Ns \&= Ns Ar hexmask | Cm resall Ns \&= Ns Ar hexmask Oc
+.Xc
+Display traffic counts of the most recently seen source addresses
+collected and maintained by the monitor facility.
+With the exception of
+.Cm sort Ns \&= Ns Oo \&\- Oc Ns Ar sortorder ,
+the options filter the list returned by
+.Xr ntpd 8 .
+The
+.Cm limited
+and
+.Cm kod
+options return only entries representing client addresses from which the
+last packet received triggered either discarding or a KoD response.
+The
+.Cm mincount Ns = Ns Ar count
+option filters entries representing less than
+.Ar count
+packets.
+The
+.Cm laddr Ns = Ns Ar localaddr
+option filters entries for packets received on any local address other than
+.Ar localaddr .
+.Cm resany Ns = Ns Ar hexmask
+and
+.Cm resall Ns = Ns Ar hexmask
+filter entries containing none or less than all, respectively, of the bits in
+.Ar hexmask ,
+which must begin with
+.Cm 0x .
+The
+.Ar sortorder
+defaults to
+.Cm lstint
+and may be
+.Cm addr ,
+.Cm avgint ,
+.Cm count ,
+.Cm lstint ,
+or any of those preceded by
+.Ql \&\-
+to reverse the sort order.
+The output columns are:
+.Bl -tag -width "something" -compact -offset indent
+.It Column
+Description
+.It Ic lstint
+Interval in seconds between the receipt of the most recent packet from
+this address and the completion of the retrieval of the MRU list by
+.Nm .
+.It Ic avgint
+Average interval in s between packets from this address.
+.It Ic rstr
+Restriction flags associated with this address.
+Most are copied unchanged from the matching
+.Ic restrict
+command, however 0x400 (kod) and 0x20 (limited) flags are cleared unless
+the last packet from this address triggered a rate control response.
+.It Ic r
+Rate control indicator, either
+a period,
+.Ic L
+or
+.Ic K
+for no rate control response,
+rate limiting by discarding, or rate limiting with a KoD response, respectively.
+.It Ic m
+Packet mode.
+.It Ic v
+Packet version number.
+.It Ic count
+Packets received from this address.
+.It Ic rport
+Source port of last packet from this address.
+.It Ic remote address
+host or DNS name, numeric address, or address followed by
+claimed DNS name which could not be verified in parentheses.
+.El
+.It Ic opeers Op Fl 4 | Fl 6
+Obtain and print the old\-style list of all peers and clients showing
+.Cm dstadr
+(associated with the given IP version),
+rather than the
+.Cm refid .
+.It Ic passociations
+Perform the same function as the
+.Ic associations
+command,
+except that it uses previously stored data rather than making a new query.
+.It Ic peers
+Display a list of peers in the form:
+.Dl [tally]remote refid st t when pool reach delay offset jitter
+.Bl -tag -width "something" -compact -offset indent
+.It Variable
+Description
+.It Cm [tally]
+single\-character code indicating current value of the
+.Ic select
+field of the
+.Lk decode.html#peer "peer status word"
+.It Cm remote
+host name (or IP number) of peer.
+The value displayed will be truncated to 15 characters unless the
+.Nm
+.Fl w
+option is given, in which case the full value will be displayed
+on the first line, and if too long,
+the remaining data will be displayed on the next line.
+.It Cm refid
+source IP address or
+.Lk decode.html#kiss "'kiss code"
+.It Cm st
+stratum: 0 for local reference clocks, 1 for servers with local
+reference clocks, ..., 16 for unsynchronized server clocks
+.It Cm t
+.Ic u :
+unicast or manycast client,
+.Ic b :
+broadcast or multicast client,
+.Ic p :
+pool source,
+.Ic l :
+local (reference clock),
+.Ic s :
+symmetric (peer),
+.Ic A :
+manycast server,
+.Ic B :
+broadcast server,
+.Ic M :
+multicast server
+.It Cm when
+time in seconds, minutes, hours, or days since the last packet
+was received, or
+.Ql \&\-
+if a packet has never been received
+.It Cm poll
+poll interval (s)
+.It Cm reach
+reach shift register (octal)
+.It Cm delay
+roundtrip delay
+.It Cm offset
+offset of server relative to this host
+.It Cm jitter
+offset RMS error estimate.
+.El
+.It Ic pstats Ar associd
+Display the statistics for the peer with the given
+.Ar associd :
+associd, status, remote host, local address, time last received,
+time until next send, reachability change, packets sent,
+packets received, bad authentication, bogus origin, duplicate,
+bad dispersion, bad reference time, candidate order.
+.It Ic readlist Op Ar associd
+.It Ic rl Op Ar associd
+Display all system or peer variables.
+If the
+.Ar associd
+is omitted, it is assumed to be zero.
+.It Ic readvar Op Ar associd Ar name Ns Oo Ns = Ns Ar value Oc Op , ...
+.It Ic rv Op Ar associd Ar name Ns Oo Ns = Ns Ar value Oc Op , ...
+Display the specified system or peer variables.
+If
+.Ar associd
+is zero, the variables are from the
+.Sx System Variables
+name space, otherwise they are from the
+.Sx Peer Variables
+name space.
+The
+.Ar associd
+is required, as the same name can occur in both spaces.
+If no
+.Ar name
+is included, all operative variables in the name space are displayed.
+In this case only, if the
+.Ar associd
+is omitted, it is assumed to be zero.
+Multiple names are specified with comma separators and without whitespace.
+Note that time values are represented in milliseconds
+and frequency values in parts\-per\-million (PPM).
+Some NTP timestamps are represented in the format
+.Ar YYYY Ns Ar MM Ar DD Ar TTTT ,
+where
+.Ar YYYY
+is the year,
+.Ar MM
+the month of year,
+.Ar DD
+the day of month and
+.Ar TTTT
+the time of day.
+.It Ic reslist
+Display the access control (restrict) list for
+.Nm .
+Authentication is required.
+.It Ic saveconfig Ar filename
+Save the current configuration,
+including any runtime modifications made by
+.Ic :config
+or
+.Ic config\-from\-file ,
+to the NTP server host file
+.Ar filename .
+This command will be rejected by the server unless
+.Lk miscopt.html#saveconfigdir "saveconfigdir"
+appears in the
+.Xr ntpd 8
+configuration file.
+.Ar filename
+can use
+.Xr date 1
+format specifiers to substitute the current date and time, for
+example,
+.D1 Ic saveconfig Pa ntp\-%Y%m%d\-%H%M%S.conf .
+The filename used is stored in system variable
+.Cm savedconfig .
+Authentication is required.
+.It Ic sysinfo
+Display system operational summary:
+associd, status, system peer, system peer mode, leap indicator,
+stratum, log2 precision, root delay, root dispersion,
+reference id, reference time, system jitter, clock jitter,
+clock wander, broadcast delay, symm. auth. delay.
+.It Ic sysstats
+Display system uptime and packet counts maintained in the
+protocol module:
+uptime, sysstats reset, packets received, current version,
+older version, bad length or format, authentication failed,
+declined, restricted, rate limited, KoD responses,
+processed for time.
+.It Ic timerstats
+Display interval timer counters:
+time since reset, timer overruns, calls to transmit.
+.It Ic writelist Ar associd
+Set all system or peer variables included in the variable list.
+.It Ic writevar Ar associd Ar name Ns = Ns Ar value Op , ...
+Set the specified variables in the variable list.
+If the
+.Ar associd
+is zero, the variables are from the
+.Sx System Variables
+name space, otherwise they are from the
+.Sx Peer Variables
+name space.
+The
+.Ar associd
+is required, as the same name can occur in both spaces.
+Authentication is required.
+.El
+.Ss Status Words and Kiss Codes
+The current state of the operating program is shown
+in a set of status words
+maintained by the system.
+Status information is also available on a per\-association basis.
+These words are displayed by the
+.Ic readlist
+and
+.Ic associations
+commands both in hexadecimal and in decoded short tip strings.
+The codes, tips and short explanations are documented on the
+.Lk decode.html "Event Messages and Status Words"
+page.
+The page also includes a list of system and peer messages,
+the code for the latest of which is included in the status word.
+.Pp
+Information resulting from protocol machine state transitions
+is displayed using an informal set of ASCII strings called
+.Lk decode.html#kiss "kiss codes" .
+The original purpose was for kiss\-o'\-death (KoD) packets
+sent by the server to advise the client of an unusual condition.
+They are now displayed, when appropriate,
+in the reference identifier field in various billboards.
+.Ss System Variables
+The following system variables appear in the
+.Ic readlist
+billboard.
+Not all variables are displayed in some configurations.
+.Pp
+.Bl -tag -width "something" -compact -offset indent
+.It Variable
+Description
+.It Cm status
+.Lk decode.html#sys "system status word"
+.It Cm version
+NTP software version and build time
+.It Cm processor
+hardware platform and version
+.It Cm system
+operating system and version
+.It Cm leap
+leap warning indicator (0\-3)
+.It Cm stratum
+stratum (1\-15)
+.It Cm precision
+precision (log2 s)
+.It Cm rootdelay
+total roundtrip delay to the primary reference clock
+.It Cm rootdisp
+total dispersion to the primary reference clock
+.It Cm refid
+reference id or
+.Lk decode.html#kiss "kiss code"
+.It Cm reftime
+reference time
+.It Ic clock
+date and time of day
+.It Cm peer
+system peer association id
+.It Cm tc
+time constant and poll exponent (log2 s) (3\-17)
+.It Cm mintc
+minimum time constant (log2 s) (3\-10)
+.It Cm offset
+combined offset of server relative to this host
+.It Cm frequency
+frequency drift (PPM) relative to hardware clock
+.It Cm sys_jitter
+combined system jitter
+.It Cm clk_wander
+clock frequency wander (PPM)
+.It Cm clk_jitter
+clock jitter
+.It Cm tai
+TAI\-UTC offset (s)
+.It Cm leapsec
+NTP seconds when the next leap second is/was inserted
+.It Cm expire
+NTP seconds when the NIST leapseconds file expires
+.El
+The jitter and wander statistics are exponentially\-weighted RMS averages.
+The system jitter is defined in the NTPv4 specification;
+the clock jitter statistic is computed by the clock discipline module.
+.Pp
+When the NTPv4 daemon is compiled with the OpenSSL software library,
+additional system variables are displayed,
+including some or all of the following,
+depending on the particular Autokey dance:
+.Bl -tag -width "something" -compact -offset indent
+.It Variable
+Description
+.It Cm host
+Autokey host name for this host
+.It Cm ident
+Autokey group name for this host
+.It Cm flags
+host flags (see Autokey specification)
+.It Cm digest
+OpenSSL message digest algorithm
+.It Cm signature
+OpenSSL digest/signature scheme
+.It Cm update
+NTP seconds at last signature update
+.It Cm cert
+certificate subject, issuer and certificate flags
+.It Cm until
+NTP seconds when the certificate expires
+.El
+.Ss Peer Variables
+The following peer variables appear in the
+.Ic readlist
+billboard for each association.
+Not all variables are displayed in some configurations.
+.Pp
+.Bl -tag -width "something" -compact -offset indent
+.It Variable
+Description
+.It Cm associd
+association id
+.It Cm status
+.Lk decode.html#peer "peer status word"
+.It Cm srcadr
+source (remote) IP address
+.It Cm srcport
+source (remote) port
+.It Cm dstadr
+destination (local) IP address
+.It Cm dstport
+destination (local) port
+.It Cm leap
+leap indicator (0\-3)
+.It Cm stratum
+stratum (0\-15)
+.It Cm precision
+precision (log2 s)
+.It Cm rootdelay
+total roundtrip delay to the primary reference clock
+.It Cm rootdisp
+total root dispersion to the primary reference clock
+.It Cm refid
+reference id or
+.Lk decode.html#kiss "kiss code"
+.It Cm reftime
+reference time
+.It Cm rec
+last packet received time
+.It Cm reach
+reach register (octal)
+.It Cm unreach
+unreach counter
+.It Cm hmode
+host mode (1\-6)
+.It Cm pmode
+peer mode (1\-5)
+.It Cm hpoll
+host poll exponent (log2 s) (3\-17)
+.It Cm ppoll
+peer poll exponent (log2 s) (3\-17)
+.It Cm headway
+headway (see
+.Lk rate.html "Rate Management and the Kiss\-o'\-Death Packet" )
+.It Cm flash
+.Lk decode.html#flash "flash status word"
+.It Cm keyid
+symmetric key id
+.It Cm offset
+filter offset
+.It Cm delay
+filter delay
+.It Cm dispersion
+filter dispersion
+.It Cm jitter
+filter jitter
+.It Cm bias
+unicast/broadcast bias
+.It Cm xleave
+interleave delay (see
+.Lk xleave.html "NTP Interleaved Modes" )
+.El
+The
+.Cm bias
+variable is calculated when the first broadcast packet is received
+after the calibration volley.
+It represents the offset of the broadcast subgraph relative to the
+unicast subgraph.
+The
+.Cm xleave
+variable appears only for the interleaved symmetric and interleaved modes.
+It represents the internal queuing, buffering and transmission delays
+for the preceding packet.
+.Pp
+When the NTPv4 daemon is compiled with the OpenSSL software library,
+additional peer variables are displayed, including the following:
+.Bl -tag -width "something" -compact -offset indent
+.It Variable
+Description
+.It Cm flags
+peer flags (see Autokey specification)
+.It Cm host
+Autokey server name
+.It Cm flags
+peer flags (see Autokey specification)
+.It Cm signature
+OpenSSL digest/signature scheme
+.It Cm initsequence
+initial key id
+.It Cm initkey
+initial key index
+.It Cm timestamp
+Autokey signature timestamp
+.It Cm ident
+Autokey group name for this association
+.El
+.Ss Clock Variables
+The following clock variables appear in the
+.Ic clocklist
+billboard for each association with a reference clock.
+Not all variables are displayed in some configurations.
+.Bl -tag -width "something" -compact -offset indent
+.It Variable
+Description
+.It Cm associd
+association id
+.It Cm status
+.Lk decode.html#clock "clock status word"
+.It Cm device
+device description
+.It Cm timecode
+ASCII time code string (specific to device)
+.It Cm poll
+poll messages sent
+.It Cm noreply
+no reply
+.It Cm badformat
+bad format
+.It Cm baddata
+bad date or time
+.It Cm fudgetime1
+fudge time 1
+.It Cm fudgetime2
+fudge time 2
+.It Cm stratum
+driver stratum
+.It Cm refid
+driver reference id
+.It Cm flags
+driver flags
+.El
.Sh "OPTIONS"
.Bl -tag
.It Fl 4 , Fl \-ipv4
.Sh "AUTHORS"
The University of Delaware and Network Time Foundation
.Sh "COPYRIGHT"
-Copyright (C) 1992\-2020 The University of Delaware and Network Time Foundation all rights reserved.
+Copyright (C) 1992\-2023 The University of Delaware and Network Time Foundation all rights reserved.
This program is released under the terms of the NTP license, <http://ntp.org/license>.
.Sh "BUGS"
-Please send bug reports to: http://bugs.ntp.org, bugs@ntp.org
+Please send bug reports to: https://bugs.ntp.org, bugs@ntp.org
.Sh "NOTES"
This manual page was \fIAutoGen\fP\-erated from the \fBntpq\fP
option definitions.
#
# EDIT THIS FILE WITH CAUTION (invoke-ntpsnmpd.texi)
#
-# It has been AutoGen-ed June 23, 2020 at 02:21:00 AM by AutoGen 5.18.5
+# It has been AutoGen-ed March 18, 2023 at 11:21:58 AM by AutoGen 5.18.16
# From the definitions ntpsnmpd-opts.def
# and the template file agtexi-cmd.tpl
@end ignore
@exampleindent 0
@example
-ntpsnmpd - NTP SNMP MIB agent - Ver. 4.2.8p13
+ntpsnmpd - NTP SNMP MIB agent - Ver. 4.2.8p15
Usage: ntpsnmpd [ -<flag> [<val>] | --<name>[@{=| @}<val>] ]...
Flg Arg Option-Name Description
-n no nofork Do not fork
- reading file ./.ntprc
- examining environment variables named NTPSNMPD_*
-Please send bug reports to: <http://bugs.ntp.org, bugs@@ntp.org>
+Please send bug reports to: <https://bugs.ntp.org, bugs@@ntp.org>
@end example
@exampleindent 4
Print the program version to standard out, optionally with licensing
information, then exit 0. The optional argument specifies how much licensing
-detail to provide. The default is to print just the version. The licensing infomation may be selected with an option argument.
+detail to provide. The default is to print just the version. The licensing information may be selected with an option argument.
Only the first letter of the argument is examined:
@table @samp
/*
* EDIT THIS FILE WITH CAUTION (ntpsnmpd-opts.c)
*
- * It has been AutoGen-ed March 5, 2023 at 02:05:16 AM by AutoGen 5.18.16
+ * It has been AutoGen-ed March 18, 2023 at 11:21:54 AM by AutoGen 5.18.16
* From the definitions ntpsnmpd-opts.def
* and the template file options
*
/**
* static const strings for ntpsnmpd options
*/
-static char const ntpsnmpd_opt_strs[1613] =
+static char const ntpsnmpd_opt_strs[1614] =
/* 0 */ "ntpsnmpd 4.2.8p15\n"
"Copyright (C) 1992-2023 The University of Delaware and Network Time Foundation, all rights reserved.\n"
"This is free software. It is licensed for use, modification and\n"
/* 1544 */ "$HOME\0"
/* 1550 */ ".\0"
/* 1552 */ ".ntprc\0"
-/* 1559 */ "http://bugs.ntp.org, bugs@ntp.org\0"
-/* 1593 */ "\n\0"
-/* 1595 */ "ntpsnmpd 4.2.8p15";
+/* 1559 */ "https://bugs.ntp.org, bugs@ntp.org\0"
+/* 1594 */ "\n\0"
+/* 1596 */ "ntpsnmpd 4.2.8p15";
/**
* nofork option description:
/** The ntpsnmpd program bug email address. */
#define zBugsAddr (ntpsnmpd_opt_strs+1559)
/** Clarification/explanation of what ntpsnmpd does. */
-#define zExplain (ntpsnmpd_opt_strs+1593)
+#define zExplain (ntpsnmpd_opt_strs+1594)
/** Extra detail explaining what ntpsnmpd does. */
#define zDetail (NULL)
/** The full version string for ntpsnmpd. */
-#define zFullVersion (ntpsnmpd_opt_strs+1595)
+#define zFullVersion (ntpsnmpd_opt_strs+1596)
/* extracted from optcode.tlib near line 342 */
#if defined(ENABLE_NLS)
/*
* EDIT THIS FILE WITH CAUTION (ntpsnmpd-opts.h)
*
- * It has been AutoGen-ed March 5, 2023 at 02:05:16 AM by AutoGen 5.18.16
+ * It has been AutoGen-ed March 18, 2023 at 11:21:54 AM by AutoGen 5.18.16
* From the definitions ntpsnmpd-opts.def
* and the template file options
*
.ds B-Font B
.ds I-Font I
.ds R-Font R
-.TH ntpsnmpd 1ntpsnmpdman "23 Jun 2020" "4.2.8p15" "User Commands"
+.TH ntpsnmpd 1ntpsnmpdman "18 Mar 2023" "4.2.8p15" "User Commands"
.\"
.\" EDIT THIS FILE WITH CAUTION (in-mem file)
.\"
-.\" It has been AutoGen-ed June 23, 2020 at 02:21:01 AM by AutoGen 5.18.5
+.\" It has been AutoGen-ed March 18, 2023 at 11:21:59 AM by AutoGen 5.18.16
.\" From the definitions ntpsnmpd-opts.def
.\" and the template file agman-cmd.tpl
.SH NAME
.NOP "Heiko Gerstung"
.br
.SH "COPYRIGHT"
-Copyright (C) 1992-2020 The University of Delaware and Network Time Foundation all rights reserved.
+Copyright (C) 1992-2023 The University of Delaware and Network Time Foundation all rights reserved.
This program is released under the terms of the NTP license, <http://ntp.org/license>.
.SH "BUGS"
-Please send bug reports to: http://bugs.ntp.org, bugs@ntp.org
+Please send bug reports to: https://bugs.ntp.org, bugs@ntp.org
.SH NOTES
The following objects are currently supported:
.sp \n(Ppu
-.Dd June 23 2020
+.Dd March 18 2023
.Dt NTPSNMPD 1ntpsnmpdmdoc User Commands
.Os
.\" EDIT THIS FILE WITH CAUTION (ntpsnmpd-opts.mdoc)
.\"
-.\" It has been AutoGen-ed June 23, 2020 at 02:20:59 AM by AutoGen 5.18.5
+.\" It has been AutoGen-ed March 18, 2023 at 11:21:56 AM by AutoGen 5.18.16
.\" From the definitions ntpsnmpd-opts.def
.\" and the template file agmdoc-cmd.tpl
.Sh NAME
.Sh AUTHORS
.An "Heiko Gerstung"
.Sh "COPYRIGHT"
-Copyright (C) 1992\-2020 The University of Delaware and Network Time Foundation all rights reserved.
+Copyright (C) 1992\-2023 The University of Delaware and Network Time Foundation all rights reserved.
This program is released under the terms of the NTP license, <http://ntp.org/license>.
.Sh "BUGS"
-Please send bug reports to: http://bugs.ntp.org, bugs@ntp.org
+Please send bug reports to: https://bugs.ntp.org, bugs@ntp.org
.Sh NOTES
The following objects are currently supported:
.Pp
.ds B-Font B
.ds I-Font I
.ds R-Font R
-.TH ntpsnmpd @NTPSNMPD_MS@ "23 Jun 2020" "4.2.8p15" "User Commands"
+.TH ntpsnmpd @NTPSNMPD_MS@ "18 Mar 2023" "4.2.8p15" "User Commands"
.\"
.\" EDIT THIS FILE WITH CAUTION (in-mem file)
.\"
-.\" It has been AutoGen-ed June 23, 2020 at 02:21:01 AM by AutoGen 5.18.5
+.\" It has been AutoGen-ed March 18, 2023 at 11:21:59 AM by AutoGen 5.18.16
.\" From the definitions ntpsnmpd-opts.def
.\" and the template file agman-cmd.tpl
.SH NAME
.NOP "Heiko Gerstung"
.br
.SH "COPYRIGHT"
-Copyright (C) 1992-2020 The University of Delaware and Network Time Foundation all rights reserved.
+Copyright (C) 1992-2023 The University of Delaware and Network Time Foundation all rights reserved.
This program is released under the terms of the NTP license, <http://ntp.org/license>.
.SH "BUGS"
-Please send bug reports to: http://bugs.ntp.org, bugs@ntp.org
+Please send bug reports to: https://bugs.ntp.org, bugs@ntp.org
.SH NOTES
The following objects are currently supported:
.sp \n(Ppu
-.Dd June 23 2020
+.Dd March 18 2023
.Dt NTPSNMPD @NTPSNMPD_MS@ User Commands
.Os
.\" EDIT THIS FILE WITH CAUTION (ntpsnmpd-opts.mdoc)
.\"
-.\" It has been AutoGen-ed June 23, 2020 at 02:20:59 AM by AutoGen 5.18.5
+.\" It has been AutoGen-ed March 18, 2023 at 11:21:56 AM by AutoGen 5.18.16
.\" From the definitions ntpsnmpd-opts.def
.\" and the template file agmdoc-cmd.tpl
.Sh NAME
.Sh AUTHORS
.An "Heiko Gerstung"
.Sh "COPYRIGHT"
-Copyright (C) 1992\-2020 The University of Delaware and Network Time Foundation all rights reserved.
+Copyright (C) 1992\-2023 The University of Delaware and Network Time Foundation all rights reserved.
This program is released under the terms of the NTP license, <http://ntp.org/license>.
.Sh "BUGS"
-Please send bug reports to: http://bugs.ntp.org, bugs@ntp.org
+Please send bug reports to: https://bugs.ntp.org, bugs@ntp.org
.Sh NOTES
The following objects are currently supported:
.Pp
-.Dd March 2 2023
+.Dd March 18 2023
.Dt CALC_TICKADJ 1calc_tickadjmdoc User Commands
.Os
.\" EDIT THIS FILE WITH CAUTION (calc_tickadj-opts.mdoc)
.\"
-.\" It has been AutoGen-ed March 2, 2023 at 05:25:00 AM by AutoGen 5.18.16
+.\" It has been AutoGen-ed March 18, 2023 at 11:20:49 AM by AutoGen 5.18.16
.\" From the definitions calc_tickadj-opts.def
.\" and the template file agmdoc-cmd.tpl
.Sh NAME
-.Dd March 2 2023
+.Dd March 18 2023
.Dt CALC_TICKADJ 1calc_tickadjmdoc User Commands
.Os
.\" EDIT THIS FILE WITH CAUTION (calc_tickadj-opts.mdoc)
.\"
-.\" It has been AutoGen-ed March 2, 2023 at 05:25:00 AM by AutoGen 5.18.16
+.\" It has been AutoGen-ed March 18, 2023 at 11:20:49 AM by AutoGen 5.18.16
.\" From the definitions calc_tickadj-opts.def
.\" and the template file agmdoc-cmd.tpl
.Sh NAME
#
# EDIT THIS FILE WITH CAUTION (invoke-ntp-wait.texi)
#
-# It has been AutoGen-ed March 2, 2023 at 05:25:05 AM by AutoGen 5.18.16
+# It has been AutoGen-ed March 18, 2023 at 11:20:52 AM by AutoGen 5.18.16
# From the definitions ntp-wait-opts.def
# and the template file agtexi-cmd.tpl
@end ignore
# EDIT THIS FILE WITH CAUTION (ntp-wait-opts)
#
-# It has been AutoGen-ed March 2, 2023 at 05:25:03 AM by AutoGen 5.18.16
+# It has been AutoGen-ed March 18, 2023 at 11:20:50 AM by AutoGen 5.18.16
# From the definitions ntp-wait-opts.def
# and the template file perlopt
-.Dd March 2 2023
+.Dd March 18 2023
.Dt NTP_WAIT 1ntp-waitmdoc User Commands
.Os
.\" EDIT THIS FILE WITH CAUTION (ntp-wait-opts.mdoc)
.\"
-.\" It has been AutoGen-ed March 2, 2023 at 05:25:04 AM by AutoGen 5.18.16
+.\" It has been AutoGen-ed March 18, 2023 at 11:20:50 AM by AutoGen 5.18.16
.\" From the definitions ntp-wait-opts.def
.\" and the template file agmdoc-cmd.tpl
.Sh NAME
-.Dd March 2 2023
+.Dd March 18 2023
.Dt NTP_WAIT @NTP_WAIT_MS@ User Commands
.Os
.\" EDIT THIS FILE WITH CAUTION (ntp-wait-opts.mdoc)
.\"
-.\" It has been AutoGen-ed March 2, 2023 at 05:25:04 AM by AutoGen 5.18.16
+.\" It has been AutoGen-ed March 18, 2023 at 11:20:50 AM by AutoGen 5.18.16
.\" From the definitions ntp-wait-opts.def
.\" and the template file agmdoc-cmd.tpl
.Sh NAME
# EDIT THIS FILE WITH CAUTION (ntpsweep-opts)
#
-# It has been AutoGen-ed March 5, 2023 at 02:05:18 AM by AutoGen 5.18.16
+# It has been AutoGen-ed March 18, 2023 at 11:20:54 AM by AutoGen 5.18.16
# From the definitions ntpsweep-opts.def
# and the template file perlopt
#
# EDIT THIS FILE WITH CAUTION (invoke-ntptrace.texi)
#
-# It has been AutoGen-ed March 4, 2023 at 09:27:44 PM by AutoGen 5.18.16
+# It has been AutoGen-ed March 18, 2023 at 11:20:56 AM by AutoGen 5.18.16
# From the definitions ntptrace-opts.def
# and the template file agtexi-cmd.tpl
@end ignore
# EDIT THIS FILE WITH CAUTION (ntptrace-opts)
#
-# It has been AutoGen-ed March 5, 2023 at 02:05:18 AM by AutoGen 5.18.16
+# It has been AutoGen-ed March 18, 2023 at 11:20:54 AM by AutoGen 5.18.16
# From the definitions ntptrace-opts.def
# and the template file perlopt
-.Dd March 2 2023
+.Dd March 18 2023
.Dt NTPTRACE 1ntptracemdoc User Commands
.Os
.\" EDIT THIS FILE WITH CAUTION (ntptrace-opts.mdoc)
.\"
-.\" It has been AutoGen-ed March 2, 2023 at 05:25:14 AM by AutoGen 5.18.16
+.\" It has been AutoGen-ed March 18, 2023 at 11:20:54 AM by AutoGen 5.18.16
.\" From the definitions ntptrace-opts.def
.\" and the template file agmdoc-cmd.tpl
.Sh NAME
-.Dd March 2 2023
+.Dd March 18 2023
.Dt NTPTRACE @NTPTRACE_MS@ User Commands
.Os
.\" EDIT THIS FILE WITH CAUTION (ntptrace-opts.mdoc)
.\"
-.\" It has been AutoGen-ed March 2, 2023 at 05:25:14 AM by AutoGen 5.18.16
+.\" It has been AutoGen-ed March 18, 2023 at 11:20:54 AM by AutoGen 5.18.16
.\" From the definitions ntptrace-opts.def
.\" and the template file agmdoc-cmd.tpl
.Sh NAME
# EDIT THIS FILE WITH CAUTION (plot_summary-opts)
#
-# It has been AutoGen-ed March 5, 2023 at 02:05:18 AM by AutoGen 5.18.16
+# It has been AutoGen-ed March 18, 2023 at 11:20:59 AM by AutoGen 5.18.16
# From the definitions plot_summary-opts.def
# and the template file perlopt
# EDIT THIS FILE WITH CAUTION (summary-opts)
#
-# It has been AutoGen-ed March 5, 2023 at 02:05:18 AM by AutoGen 5.18.16
+# It has been AutoGen-ed March 18, 2023 at 11:20:59 AM by AutoGen 5.18.16
# From the definitions summary-opts.def
# and the template file perlopt
-.Dd March 2 2023
+.Dd March 18 2023
.Dt UPDATE_LEAP 1update-leapmdoc User Commands
.Os
.\" EDIT THIS FILE WITH CAUTION (update-leap-opts.mdoc)
.\"
-.\" It has been AutoGen-ed March 2, 2023 at 05:25:18 AM by AutoGen 5.18.16
+.\" It has been AutoGen-ed March 18, 2023 at 11:20:57 AM by AutoGen 5.18.16
.\" From the definitions update-leap-opts.def
.\" and the template file agmdoc-cmd.tpl
.Sh NAME
-.Dd March 2 2023
+.Dd March 18 2023
.Dt UPDATE_LEAP 1update-leapmdoc User Commands
.Os
.\" EDIT THIS FILE WITH CAUTION (update-leap-opts.mdoc)
.\"
-.\" It has been AutoGen-ed March 2, 2023 at 05:25:18 AM by AutoGen 5.18.16
+.\" It has been AutoGen-ed March 18, 2023 at 11:20:57 AM by AutoGen 5.18.16
.\" From the definitions update-leap-opts.def
.\" and the template file agmdoc-cmd.tpl
.Sh NAME
#
# EDIT THIS FILE WITH CAUTION (invoke-sntp.texi)
#
-# It has been AutoGen-ed June 23, 2020 at 02:19:36 AM by AutoGen 5.18.5
+# It has been AutoGen-ed March 18, 2023 at 11:21:06 AM by AutoGen 5.18.16
# From the definitions sntp-opts.def
# and the template file agtexi-cmd.tpl
@end ignore
- reading file ./.ntprc
- examining environment variables named SNTP_*
-Please send bug reports to: <http://bugs.ntp.org, bugs@@ntp.org>
+Please send bug reports to: <https://bugs.ntp.org, bugs@@ntp.org>
@end example
@exampleindent 4
Print the program version to standard out, optionally with licensing
information, then exit 0. The optional argument specifies how much licensing
-detail to provide. The default is to print just the version. The licensing infomation may be selected with an option argument.
+detail to provide. The default is to print just the version. The licensing information may be selected with an option argument.
Only the first letter of the argument is examined:
@table @samp
/*
* EDIT THIS FILE WITH CAUTION (sntp-opts.c)
*
- * It has been AutoGen-ed March 5, 2023 at 02:05:19 AM by AutoGen 5.18.16
+ * It has been AutoGen-ed March 18, 2023 at 11:21:00 AM by AutoGen 5.18.16
* From the definitions sntp-opts.def
* and the template file options
*
/**
* static const strings for sntp options
*/
-static char const sntp_opt_strs[2566] =
+static char const sntp_opt_strs[2567] =
/* 0 */ "sntp 4.2.8p15\n"
"Copyright (C) 1992-2023 The University of Delaware and Network Time Foundation, all rights reserved.\n"
"This is free software. It is licensed for use, modification and\n"
/* 2501 */ "$HOME\0"
/* 2507 */ ".\0"
/* 2509 */ ".ntprc\0"
-/* 2516 */ "http://bugs.ntp.org, bugs@ntp.org\0"
-/* 2550 */ "\n\0"
-/* 2552 */ "sntp 4.2.8p15";
+/* 2516 */ "https://bugs.ntp.org, bugs@ntp.org\0"
+/* 2551 */ "\n\0"
+/* 2553 */ "sntp 4.2.8p15";
/**
* ipv4 option description with
/** The sntp program bug email address. */
#define zBugsAddr (sntp_opt_strs+2516)
/** Clarification/explanation of what sntp does. */
-#define zExplain (sntp_opt_strs+2550)
+#define zExplain (sntp_opt_strs+2551)
/** Extra detail explaining what sntp does. */
#define zDetail (NULL)
/** The full version string for sntp. */
-#define zFullVersion (sntp_opt_strs+2552)
+#define zFullVersion (sntp_opt_strs+2553)
/* extracted from optcode.tlib near line 342 */
#if defined(ENABLE_NLS)
/*
* EDIT THIS FILE WITH CAUTION (sntp-opts.h)
*
- * It has been AutoGen-ed March 5, 2023 at 02:05:18 AM by AutoGen 5.18.16
+ * It has been AutoGen-ed March 18, 2023 at 11:21:00 AM by AutoGen 5.18.16
* From the definitions sntp-opts.def
* and the template file options
*
.ds B-Font B
.ds I-Font I
.ds R-Font R
-.TH sntp 1sntpman "23 Jun 2020" "4.2.8p15" "User Commands"
+.TH sntp 1sntpman "18 Mar 2023" "4.2.8p15" "User Commands"
.\"
.\" EDIT THIS FILE WITH CAUTION (in-mem file)
.\"
-.\" It has been AutoGen-ed June 23, 2020 at 02:19:38 AM by AutoGen 5.18.5
+.\" It has been AutoGen-ed March 18, 2023 at 11:21:08 AM by AutoGen 5.18.16
.\" From the definitions sntp-opts.def
.\" and the template file agman-cmd.tpl
.SH NAME
only waiting for a broadcast response a longer timeout is
likely needed.
.TP
-.NOP \f\*[B-Font]\-\-wait\f[], \f\*[B-Font]\- Fl \-no\-wait\f[]
+.NOP \f\*[B-Font]\-\-wait\f[], \f\*[B-Font]\-\-no\-wait\f[]
Wait for pending replies (if not setting the time).
The \fIno\-wait\fP form will disable the option.
This option is enabled by default.
.NOP "Dave Hart"
.br
.SH "COPYRIGHT"
-Copyright (C) 1992-2020 The University of Delaware and Network Time Foundation all rights reserved.
+Copyright (C) 1992-2023 The University of Delaware and Network Time Foundation all rights reserved.
This program is released under the terms of the NTP license, <http://ntp.org/license>.
.SH "BUGS"
-Please send bug reports to: http://bugs.ntp.org, bugs@ntp.org
+Please send bug reports to: https://bugs.ntp.org, bugs@ntp.org
.SH "NOTES"
This manual page was \fIAutoGen\fP-erated from the \fBsntp\fP
option definitions.
-.Dd June 23 2020
+.Dd March 18 2023
.Dt SNTP 1sntpmdoc User Commands
.Os
.\" EDIT THIS FILE WITH CAUTION (sntp-opts.mdoc)
.\"
-.\" It has been AutoGen-ed June 23, 2020 at 02:19:35 AM by AutoGen 5.18.5
+.\" It has been AutoGen-ed March 18, 2023 at 11:21:05 AM by AutoGen 5.18.16
.\" From the definitions sntp-opts.def
.\" and the template file agmdoc-cmd.tpl
.Sh NAME
more than enough for a unicast response. If \fBsntp\fP is
only waiting for a broadcast response a longer timeout is
likely needed.
-.It Fl \-wait , " Fl \-no\-wait"
+.It Fl \-wait , Fl \-no\-wait
Wait for pending replies (if not setting the time).
The \fIno\-wait\fP form will disable the option.
This option is enabled by default.
.An "Harlan Stenn"
.An "Dave Hart"
.Sh "COPYRIGHT"
-Copyright (C) 1992\-2020 The University of Delaware and Network Time Foundation all rights reserved.
+Copyright (C) 1992\-2023 The University of Delaware and Network Time Foundation all rights reserved.
This program is released under the terms of the NTP license, <http://ntp.org/license>.
.Sh "BUGS"
-Please send bug reports to: http://bugs.ntp.org, bugs@ntp.org
+Please send bug reports to: https://bugs.ntp.org, bugs@ntp.org
.Sh "NOTES"
This manual page was \fIAutoGen\fP\-erated from the \fBsntp\fP
option definitions.
- reading file ./.ntprc
- examining environment variables named SNTP_*
-Please send bug reports to: <http://bugs.ntp.org, bugs@ntp.org>
+Please send bug reports to: <https://bugs.ntp.org, bugs@ntp.org>
</pre></div>
<hr>
<p>Print the program version to standard out, optionally with licensing
information, then exit 0. The optional argument specifies how much licensing
-detail to provide. The default is to print just the version. The licensing infomation may be selected with an option argument.
+detail to provide. The default is to print just the version. The licensing information may be selected with an option argument.
Only the first letter of the argument is examined:
</p>
<dl compact="compact">
.ds B-Font B
.ds I-Font I
.ds R-Font R
-.TH sntp @SNTP_MS@ "23 Jun 2020" "4.2.8p15" "User Commands"
+.TH sntp @SNTP_MS@ "18 Mar 2023" "4.2.8p15" "User Commands"
.\"
.\" EDIT THIS FILE WITH CAUTION (in-mem file)
.\"
-.\" It has been AutoGen-ed June 23, 2020 at 02:19:38 AM by AutoGen 5.18.5
+.\" It has been AutoGen-ed March 18, 2023 at 11:21:08 AM by AutoGen 5.18.16
.\" From the definitions sntp-opts.def
.\" and the template file agman-cmd.tpl
.SH NAME
only waiting for a broadcast response a longer timeout is
likely needed.
.TP
-.NOP \f\*[B-Font]\-\-wait\f[], \f\*[B-Font]\- Fl \-no\-wait\f[]
+.NOP \f\*[B-Font]\-\-wait\f[], \f\*[B-Font]\-\-no\-wait\f[]
Wait for pending replies (if not setting the time).
The \fIno\-wait\fP form will disable the option.
This option is enabled by default.
.NOP "Dave Hart"
.br
.SH "COPYRIGHT"
-Copyright (C) 1992-2020 The University of Delaware and Network Time Foundation all rights reserved.
+Copyright (C) 1992-2023 The University of Delaware and Network Time Foundation all rights reserved.
This program is released under the terms of the NTP license, <http://ntp.org/license>.
.SH "BUGS"
-Please send bug reports to: http://bugs.ntp.org, bugs@ntp.org
+Please send bug reports to: https://bugs.ntp.org, bugs@ntp.org
.SH "NOTES"
This manual page was \fIAutoGen\fP-erated from the \fBsntp\fP
option definitions.
-.Dd June 23 2020
+.Dd March 18 2023
.Dt SNTP @SNTP_MS@ User Commands
.Os
.\" EDIT THIS FILE WITH CAUTION (sntp-opts.mdoc)
.\"
-.\" It has been AutoGen-ed June 23, 2020 at 02:19:35 AM by AutoGen 5.18.5
+.\" It has been AutoGen-ed March 18, 2023 at 11:21:05 AM by AutoGen 5.18.16
.\" From the definitions sntp-opts.def
.\" and the template file agmdoc-cmd.tpl
.Sh NAME
more than enough for a unicast response. If \fBsntp\fP is
only waiting for a broadcast response a longer timeout is
likely needed.
-.It Fl \-wait , " Fl \-no\-wait"
+.It Fl \-wait , Fl \-no\-wait
Wait for pending replies (if not setting the time).
The \fIno\-wait\fP form will disable the option.
This option is enabled by default.
.An "Harlan Stenn"
.An "Dave Hart"
.Sh "COPYRIGHT"
-Copyright (C) 1992\-2020 The University of Delaware and Network Time Foundation all rights reserved.
+Copyright (C) 1992\-2023 The University of Delaware and Network Time Foundation all rights reserved.
This program is released under the terms of the NTP license, <http://ntp.org/license>.
.Sh "BUGS"
-Please send bug reports to: http://bugs.ntp.org, bugs@ntp.org
+Please send bug reports to: https://bugs.ntp.org, bugs@ntp.org
.Sh "NOTES"
This manual page was \fIAutoGen\fP\-erated from the \fBsntp\fP
option definitions.
#
# EDIT THIS FILE WITH CAUTION (invoke-ntp-keygen.texi)
#
-# It has been AutoGen-ed June 23, 2020 at 02:21:07 AM by AutoGen 5.18.5
+# It has been AutoGen-ed March 18, 2023 at 11:22:06 AM by AutoGen 5.18.16
# From the definitions ntp-keygen-opts.def
# and the template file agtexi-cmd.tpl
@end ignore
- reading file ./.ntprc
- examining environment variables named NTP_KEYGEN_*
-Please send bug reports to: <http://bugs.ntp.org, bugs@@ntp.org>
+Please send bug reports to: <https://bugs.ntp.org, bugs@@ntp.org>
@end example
@exampleindent 4
must be compiled in by defining @code{AUTOKEY} during the compilation.
@end itemize
-The number of bits in the identity modulus. The default is 256.
+The number of bits in the identity modulus. The default is 512.
@node ntp-keygen certificate
@subsection certificate option (-c)
@cindex ntp-keygen-certificate
Print the program version to standard out, optionally with licensing
information, then exit 0. The optional argument specifies how much licensing
-detail to provide. The default is to print just the version. The licensing infomation may be selected with an option argument.
+detail to provide. The default is to print just the version. The licensing information may be selected with an option argument.
Only the first letter of the argument is examined:
@table @samp
/*
* EDIT THIS FILE WITH CAUTION (ntp-keygen-opts.c)
*
- * It has been AutoGen-ed March 5, 2023 at 02:05:21 AM by AutoGen 5.18.16
+ * It has been AutoGen-ed March 18, 2023 at 11:22:01 AM by AutoGen 5.18.16
* From the definitions ntp-keygen-opts.def
* and the template file options
*
/**
* static const strings for ntp-keygen options
*/
-static char const ntp_keygen_opt_strs[2442] =
+static char const ntp_keygen_opt_strs[2443] =
/* 0 */ "ntp-keygen (ntp) 4.2.8p15\n"
"Copyright (C) 1992-2023 The University of Delaware and Network Time Foundation, all rights reserved.\n"
"This is free software. It is licensed for use, modification and\n"
/* 2365 */ "$HOME\0"
/* 2371 */ ".\0"
/* 2373 */ ".ntprc\0"
-/* 2380 */ "http://bugs.ntp.org, bugs@ntp.org\0"
-/* 2414 */ "\n\0"
-/* 2416 */ "ntp-keygen (ntp) 4.2.8p15";
+/* 2380 */ "https://bugs.ntp.org, bugs@ntp.org\0"
+/* 2415 */ "\n\0"
+/* 2417 */ "ntp-keygen (ntp) 4.2.8p15";
/**
* imbits option description:
/** The ntp-keygen program bug email address. */
#define zBugsAddr (ntp_keygen_opt_strs+2380)
/** Clarification/explanation of what ntp-keygen does. */
-#define zExplain (ntp_keygen_opt_strs+2414)
+#define zExplain (ntp_keygen_opt_strs+2415)
/** Extra detail explaining what ntp-keygen does. */
#define zDetail (NULL)
/** The full version string for ntp-keygen. */
-#define zFullVersion (ntp_keygen_opt_strs+2416)
+#define zFullVersion (ntp_keygen_opt_strs+2417)
/* extracted from optcode.tlib near line 342 */
#if defined(ENABLE_NLS)
/* * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * */
/**
* Code to handle the imbits option, when AUTOKEY is #define-d.
- * The number of bits in the identity modulus. The default is 256.
+ * The number of bits in the identity modulus. The default is 512.
* @param[in] pOptions the ntp-keygen options data structure
* @param[in,out] pOptDesc the option descriptor for this option.
*/
/*
* EDIT THIS FILE WITH CAUTION (ntp-keygen-opts.h)
*
- * It has been AutoGen-ed March 5, 2023 at 02:05:20 AM by AutoGen 5.18.16
+ * It has been AutoGen-ed March 18, 2023 at 11:22:01 AM by AutoGen 5.18.16
* From the definitions ntp-keygen-opts.def
* and the template file options
*
.ds B-Font B
.ds I-Font I
.ds R-Font R
-.TH ntp-keygen 1ntp-keygenman "23 Jun 2020" "ntp (4.2.8p15)" "User Commands"
+.TH ntp-keygen 1ntp-keygenman "18 Mar 2023" "ntp (4.2.8p15)" "User Commands"
.\"
.\" EDIT THIS FILE WITH CAUTION (in-mem file)
.\"
-.\" It has been AutoGen-ed June 23, 2020 at 02:21:08 AM by AutoGen 5.18.5
+.\" It has been AutoGen-ed March 18, 2023 at 11:22:08 AM by AutoGen 5.18.16
.\" From the definitions ntp-keygen-opts.def
.\" and the template file agman-cmd.tpl
.SH NAME
.fi
.in -4
.sp
-The number of bits in the identity modulus. The default is 256.
+The number of bits in the identity modulus. The default is 512.
.TP
.NOP \f\*[B-Font]\-c\f[] \f\*[I-Font]scheme\f[], \f\*[B-Font]\-\-certificate\f[]=\f\*[I-Font]scheme\f[]
certificate scheme.
.SH "AUTHORS"
The University of Delaware and Network Time Foundation
.SH "COPYRIGHT"
-Copyright (C) 1992-2020 The University of Delaware and Network Time Foundation all rights reserved.
+Copyright (C) 1992-2023 The University of Delaware and Network Time Foundation all rights reserved.
This program is released under the terms of the NTP license, <http://ntp.org/license>.
.SH BUGS
It can take quite a while to generate some cryptographic values.
.sp \n(Ppu
.ne 2
-Please send bug reports to: http://bugs.ntp.org, bugs@ntp.org
+Please send bug reports to: https://bugs.ntp.org, bugs@ntp.org
.SH NOTES
Portions of this document came from FreeBSD.
.sp \n(Ppu
-.Dd June 23 2020
+.Dd March 18 2023
.Dt NTP_KEYGEN 1ntp-keygenmdoc User Commands
.Os
.\" EDIT THIS FILE WITH CAUTION (ntp-keygen-opts.mdoc)
.\"
-.\" It has been AutoGen-ed June 23, 2020 at 02:21:05 AM by AutoGen 5.18.5
+.\" It has been AutoGen-ed March 18, 2023 at 11:22:04 AM by AutoGen 5.18.16
.\" From the definitions ntp-keygen-opts.def
.\" and the template file agmdoc-cmd.tpl
.Sh NAME
.fi
.in -4
.sp
-The number of bits in the identity modulus. The default is 256.
+The number of bits in the identity modulus. The default is 512.
.It Fl c Ar scheme , Fl \-certificate Ns = Ns Ar scheme
certificate scheme.
.sp
.Sh "AUTHORS"
The University of Delaware and Network Time Foundation
.Sh "COPYRIGHT"
-Copyright (C) 1992\-2020 The University of Delaware and Network Time Foundation all rights reserved.
+Copyright (C) 1992\-2023 The University of Delaware and Network Time Foundation all rights reserved.
This program is released under the terms of the NTP license, <http://ntp.org/license>.
.Sh BUGS
It can take quite a while to generate some cryptographic values.
.Pp
Please report bugs to http://bugs.ntp.org .
.Pp
-Please send bug reports to: http://bugs.ntp.org, bugs@ntp.org
+Please send bug reports to: https://bugs.ntp.org, bugs@ntp.org
.Sh NOTES
Portions of this document came from FreeBSD.
.Pp
with a status code of 0.
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">ntp-keygen (ntp) - Create a NTP host key - Ver. 4.2.8p14
+<pre class="example">ntp-keygen (ntp) - Create a NTP host key - Ver. 4.2.8p15
Usage: ntp-keygen [ -<flag> [<val>] | --<name>[{=| }<val>] ]...
Flg Arg Option-Name Description
-b Num imbits identity modulus bits
- reading file ./.ntprc
- examining environment variables named NTP_KEYGEN_*
-Please send bug reports to: <http://bugs.ntp.org, bugs@ntp.org>
+Please send bug reports to: <https://bugs.ntp.org, bugs@ntp.org>
</pre></div>
<hr>
<li> must be compiled in by defining <code>AUTOKEY</code> during the compilation.
</li></ul>
-<p>The number of bits in the identity modulus. The default is 256.
+<p>The number of bits in the identity modulus. The default is 512.
</p><hr>
<a name="ntp_002dkeygen-certificate"></a>
<div class="header">
<p>Print the program version to standard out, optionally with licensing
information, then exit 0. The optional argument specifies how much licensing
-detail to provide. The default is to print just the version. The licensing infomation may be selected with an option argument.
+detail to provide. The default is to print just the version. The licensing information may be selected with an option argument.
Only the first letter of the argument is examined:
</p>
<dl compact="compact">
.ds B-Font B
.ds I-Font I
.ds R-Font R
-.TH ntp-keygen @NTP_KEYGEN_MS@ "23 Jun 2020" "ntp (4.2.8p15)" "User Commands"
+.TH ntp-keygen @NTP_KEYGEN_MS@ "18 Mar 2023" "ntp (4.2.8p15)" "User Commands"
.\"
.\" EDIT THIS FILE WITH CAUTION (in-mem file)
.\"
-.\" It has been AutoGen-ed June 23, 2020 at 02:21:08 AM by AutoGen 5.18.5
+.\" It has been AutoGen-ed March 18, 2023 at 11:22:08 AM by AutoGen 5.18.16
.\" From the definitions ntp-keygen-opts.def
.\" and the template file agman-cmd.tpl
.SH NAME
.fi
.in -4
.sp
-The number of bits in the identity modulus. The default is 256.
+The number of bits in the identity modulus. The default is 512.
.TP
.NOP \f\*[B-Font]\-c\f[] \f\*[I-Font]scheme\f[], \f\*[B-Font]\-\-certificate\f[]=\f\*[I-Font]scheme\f[]
certificate scheme.
.SH "AUTHORS"
The University of Delaware and Network Time Foundation
.SH "COPYRIGHT"
-Copyright (C) 1992-2020 The University of Delaware and Network Time Foundation all rights reserved.
+Copyright (C) 1992-2023 The University of Delaware and Network Time Foundation all rights reserved.
This program is released under the terms of the NTP license, <http://ntp.org/license>.
.SH BUGS
It can take quite a while to generate some cryptographic values.
.sp \n(Ppu
.ne 2
-Please send bug reports to: http://bugs.ntp.org, bugs@ntp.org
+Please send bug reports to: https://bugs.ntp.org, bugs@ntp.org
.SH NOTES
Portions of this document came from FreeBSD.
.sp \n(Ppu
-.Dd June 23 2020
+.Dd March 18 2023
.Dt NTP_KEYGEN @NTP_KEYGEN_MS@ User Commands
.Os
.\" EDIT THIS FILE WITH CAUTION (ntp-keygen-opts.mdoc)
.\"
-.\" It has been AutoGen-ed June 23, 2020 at 02:21:05 AM by AutoGen 5.18.5
+.\" It has been AutoGen-ed March 18, 2023 at 11:22:04 AM by AutoGen 5.18.16
.\" From the definitions ntp-keygen-opts.def
.\" and the template file agmdoc-cmd.tpl
.Sh NAME
.fi
.in -4
.sp
-The number of bits in the identity modulus. The default is 256.
+The number of bits in the identity modulus. The default is 512.
.It Fl c Ar scheme , Fl \-certificate Ns = Ns Ar scheme
certificate scheme.
.sp
.Sh "AUTHORS"
The University of Delaware and Network Time Foundation
.Sh "COPYRIGHT"
-Copyright (C) 1992\-2020 The University of Delaware and Network Time Foundation all rights reserved.
+Copyright (C) 1992\-2023 The University of Delaware and Network Time Foundation all rights reserved.
This program is released under the terms of the NTP license, <http://ntp.org/license>.
.Sh BUGS
It can take quite a while to generate some cryptographic values.
.Pp
Please report bugs to http://bugs.ntp.org .
.Pp
-Please send bug reports to: http://bugs.ntp.org, bugs@ntp.org
+Please send bug reports to: https://bugs.ntp.org, bugs@ntp.org
.Sh NOTES
Portions of this document came from FreeBSD.
.Pp
projects / thirdparty / ntp.git / commitdiff
